Sie sind auf Seite 1von 424

GE Healthcare

Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-Ray Product


Service Manual

5358884-1EN
Rev. 4
© 2013
General Electric Company
All Rights Reserved
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Revision History
Revision Date (Month & Year) Description of Change
1 July 2012 Initial release
2 Aug. 2012 Update information
3 May 2013 Update information
4 June 2013 Update information

IMPORTANT SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. PLEASE READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE USING Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm
X-ray Product.
This manual may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, without the written permission of GE Healthcare.
Other product and company names mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this document are accurate at the time of publication. However, changes in design and
additional features can, at any time, be incorporated in the hardware and software and may not be reflected in
this version of the document. Contact GE Healthcare Technical Support for clarification, if discrepancies arise.
The text of this manual was originally written, approved and published by the manufacturer in English.
Manufacturer:
GE Healthcare do Brasil Comércio e Serviços para Equipamentos Médico- Hospitalares Ltda.
Via Mun. Vereador Joaquim Costa, 1405 Galpão 7
Contagem - MG - Brasil - 32.150-240
Tel. Fax: (031) 3343-6800

i
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ Това упътване за работа е налично само на английски език.


(BG)  Ако доставчикът на услугата на клиента изиска друг език, задължение на клиента
е да осигури превод.
 Не използвайте оборудването, преди да сте се консултирали и разбрали
упътването за работа.
 Неспазването на това предупреждение може да доведе до нараняване на
доставчика на услугата, оператора или пациентa в резултат на токов удар,
механична или друга опасност.
警告 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN) 如果客户的维修服务人员需要非英文版本,则客户需自行提供翻译服务。
未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前,不得进行维修。
忽略本警告可能对维修服务人员、操作人员或患者造成电击、机械伤害或其他形式的伤
害。
警告 本服務手冊僅提供英文版本。
(ZH-HK) 倘若客戶的服務供應商需要英文以外之服務手冊,客戶有責任提供翻譯服務。
除非已參閱本服務手冊及明白其內容,否則切勿嘗試維修設備。
不遵從本警告或會令服務供應商、網絡供應商或病人受到觸電、機械性或其他的危險。
警告 本維修手冊僅有英文版。
(ZH-TW) 若客戶的維修廠商需要英文版以外的語言,應由客戶自行提供翻譯服務。
請勿試圖維修本設備,除非 您已查閱並瞭解本維修手冊。
若未留意本警告,可能導致維修廠商、操作員或病患因觸電、機械或其他危險而受傷。
UPOZORENJE Ovaj servisni priručnik dostupan je na engleskom jeziku.
(HR) Ako davatelj usluge klijenta treba neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan osigurati prijevod.
Ne pokušavajte servisirati opremu ako niste u potpunosti pročitali i razumjeli ovaj servisni
priručnik.
Zanemarite li ovo upozorenje, može doći do ozljede davatelja usluge, operatera ili
pacijenta uslijed strujnog udara, mehaničkih ili drugih rizika.

VÝSTRAHA Tento provozní návod existuje pouze v anglickém jazyce.


(CS)  V případě, že externí služba zákazníkům potřebuje návod v jiném jazyce, je
zajištění překladu do odpovídajícího jazyka úkolem zákazníka.
 Nesnažte se o údržbu tohoto zařízení, aniž byste si přečetli tento provozní návod
a pochopili jeho obsah.
 V případě nedodržování této výstrahy může dojít k poranění pracovníka
prodejního servisu, obslužného personálu nebo pacientů vlivem elektrického proudu,
respektive vlivem mechanických či jiných rizik.
ADVARSEL Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.
(DA)  Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk, er det kundens
ansvar at sørge for oversættelse.
 Forsøg ikke at servicere udstyret uden at læse og forstå denne servicemanual.
 Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medføre skade på grund af elektrisk
stød, mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren, operatøren eller patienten.
WAARSCHUWING Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar.
(NL)  Als het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal vereist, dan is de klant verantwoordelijk
voor de vertaling ervan.
 Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden alvorens deze onderhoudshandleiding
werd geraadpleegd en begrepen is.
 Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd, zou het onderhoudspersoneel, de
operator of een patiënt gewond kunnen raken als gevolg van een elektrische schok,
mechanische of andere gevaren.

ii
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

WARNING This service manual is available in English only.


(EN) If a customer's service provider requires a language other than english, it is the
customer's responsibility to provide translation services.
Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has been consulted
and is understood.
Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider, operator or patient
from electric shock, mechanical or other hazards.
HOIATUS See teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles
(ET)  Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja nõuab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles, vastutab
klient tõlketeenuse osutamise eest.
 Ärge üritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt käesoleva teenindusjuhendiga
tutvumist ja sellest aru saamist.
 Käesoleva hoiatuse eiramine võib põhjustada teenuseosutaja, operaatori või patsiendi
vigastamist elektrilöögi, mehaanilise või muu ohu tagajärjel.
VAROITUS Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.
(FI)  Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkilöstö vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielistä materiaalia,
tarvittavan käännöksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla.
 Älä yritä korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymmärtänyt tämän
huolto-ohjeen.
 Mikäli tätä varoitusta ei noudateta, seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkilöstön, laitteiston
käyttäjän tai potilaan vahingoittuminen sähköiskun, mekaanisen vian tai muun
vaaratilanteen vuoksi.
ATTENTION Ce manuel d’installation et de maintenance est disponible uniquement en anglais.
(FR)  Si le technicien d'un client a besoin de ce manuel dans une langue autre que l'anglais,
il incombe au client de le faire traduire.
 Ne pas tenter d'intervenir sur les équipements tant que ce manuel d’installation et de
maintenance n'a pas été consulté et compris.
 Le non-respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le technicien, l'opérateur ou
le patient des blessures dues à des dangers électriques, mécaniques ou autres.
WARNUNG Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in englischer Sprache.
(DE)  Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, ist es Aufgabe des
Kunden für eine entsprechende Übersetzung zu sorgen.
 Versuchen Sie nicht diese Anlage zu warten, ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen
und verstanden zu haben.
 Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet, so kann es zu Verletzungen des
Kundendiensttechnikers, des Bedieners oder des Patienten durch Stromschläge,
mechanische oder sonstige Gefahren kommen.
ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται μόνο στα αγγλικά.
(EL)  Εάν ο τεχνικός σέρβις ενός πελάτη απαιτεί το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σε γλώσσα εκτός των
αγγλικών, αποτελεί ευθύνη του πελάτη να παρέχει τις υπηρεσίες μετάφρασης.
 Μην επιχειρήσετε την εκτέλεση εργασιών σέρβις στον εξοπλισμό αν δεν έχετε
συμβουλευτεί και κατανοήσει το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις.
 Αν δεν προσέξετε την προειδοποίηση αυτή, ενδέχεται να προκληθεί τραυματισμός
στον τεχνικό σέρβις, στο χειριστή ή στον ασθενή από ηλεκτροπληξία, μηχανικούς ή
άλλους κινδύνους.
FIGYELMEZTETÉS Ezen karbantartási kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.
(HU)
 Ha a vevő szolgáltatója angoltól eltérő nyelvre tart igényt, akkor a vevő felelőssége a
fordítás elkészíttetése.
 Ne próbálja elkezdeni használni a berendezést, amíg a karbantartási kézikönyvben
leírtakat nem értelmezték.
 Ezen figyelmeztetés figyelmen kívül hagyása a szolgáltató, működtető vagy a beteg
áramütés, mechanikai vagy egyéb veszélyhelyzet miatti sérülését eredményezheti.

iii
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

AÐVÖRUN Þessi þjónustuhandbók er aðeins fáanleg á ensku.


(IS)  Ef að þjónustuveitandi viðskiptamanns þarfnast annas tungumáls en ensku, er það
skylda viðskiptamanns að skaffa tungumálaþjónustu.
 Reynið ekki að afgreiða tækið nema að þessi þjónustuhandbók hefur verið skoðuð og
skilin.
 Brot á sinna þessari aðvörun getur leitt til meiðsla á þjónustuveitanda, stjórnanda eða
sjúklings frá raflosti, vélrænu eða öðrum áhættum.
AVVERTENZA Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in lingua inglese.
(IT)  Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa, il cliente è
tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione.
 Procedere alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato il
presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.
 Il mancato rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe causare lesioni all'addetto alla
manutenzione, all'operatore o ai pazienti provocate da scosse elettriche, urti
meccanici o altri rischi.
このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。
(JA)
サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業者の
責任で行うものとさせていただきます。
このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでください。
この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者さんが、感
電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。
경고 본 서비스 매뉴얼은 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.
(KO)
고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를 제공하는
것은고객의 책임입니다.
본 서비스 매뉴얼을 참조하여 숙지하지 않은 이상 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지
마십시오.
본 경고 사항에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계적 위험, 또는 기타 위험으로 인해
서비스 제공자, 사용자 또는 환자에게 부상을 입힐 수 있습니다.
Šī apkopes rokasgrāmata ir pieejama tikai angļu valodā.
 Ja klienta apkopes sniedzējam nepieciešama informācija citā valodā, klienta
pienākums ir nodrošināt tulkojumu.
 Neveiciet aprīkojuma apkopi bez apkopes rokasgrāmatas izlasīšanas un saprašanas.
RĪDINĀJUMS  Šī brīdinājuma neievērošanas rezultātā var rasties elektriskās strāvas trieciena,
(LV) mehānisku vai citu faktoru izraisītu traumu risks apkopes sniedzējam, operatoram vai
pacientam.

ĮSPĖJIMAS Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra tik anglų kalba.


(LT)  Jei kliento paslaugų tiekėjas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba – ne anglų, suteikti vertimo
paslaugas privalo klientas.
 Nemėginkite atlikti įrangos techninės priežiūros, jei neperskaitėte ar nesupratote šio
eksploatavimo vadovo.
Jei nepaisysite šio įspėjimo, galimi paslaugų tiekėjo, operatoriaus ar paciento sužalojimai
dėl elektros šoko, mechaninių ar kitų pavojų.

iv
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

ADVARSEL Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.


(NO)  Hvis kundens serviceleverandør har bruk for et annet språk, er det kundens ansvar å
sørge for oversettelse.
 Ikke forsøk å reparere utstyret uten at denne servicehåndboken er lest og forstått.
 Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan føre til at serviceleverandøren,
operatøren eller pasienten skades på grunn av elektrisk støt, mekaniske eller andre
farer.
OSTRZEŻENIE Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku angielskim.
(PL)  Jeśli serwisant klienta wymaga języka innego niż angielski, zapewnienie usługi
tłumaczenia jest obowiązkiem klienta.
 Nie próbować serwisować urządzenia bez zapoznania się z niniejszym podręcznikiem
serwisowym i zrozumienia go.
 Niezastosowanie się do tego ostrzeżenia może doprowadzić do obrażeń serwisanta,
operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku porażenia prądem elektrycznym, zagrożenia
mechanicznego bądź innego.
AVISO Este manual de assistência técnica encontra-se disponível unicamente em inglês.
(PT-BR)  Se outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar a tradução deste manual, caberá ao
cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
 Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de
assistência técnica.
 A não observância deste aviso pode ocasionar ferimentos no técnico, operador ou
paciente decorrentes de choques elétricos, mecânicos ou outros.
ATENÇÃO Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.
(PT-PT)  Se qualquer outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar este manual noutro idioma,
é da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
 Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de
assistência técnica.
 O não cumprimento deste aviso pode colocar em perigo a segurança do técnico, do
operador ou do paciente devido a choques eléctricos, mecânicos ou outros.
ATENŢIE Acest manual de service este disponibil doar în limba engleză.
(RO)  Dacă un furnizor de servicii pentru clienţi necesită o altă limbă decât cea engleză,
este de datoria clientului să furnizeze o traducere.
 Nu încercaţi să reparaţi echipamentul decât ulterior consultării şi înţelegerii acestui
manual de service.
 Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la rănirea depanatorului, operatorului sau
pacientului în urma pericolelor de electrocutare, mecanice sau de altă natură.
ОСТОРОЖНО! Данное руководство по техническому обслуживанию представлено только на
(RU) английском языке.
 Если сервисному персоналу клиента необходимо руководство не на
английском, а на каком-то другом языке, клиенту следует самостоятельно
обеспечить перевод.
 Перед техническим обслуживанием оборудования обязательно обратитесь
к данному руководству и поймите изложенные в нем сведения.
 Несоблюдение требований данного предупреждения может привести к тому,
что специалист по техобслуживанию, оператор или пациент получит удар
электрическим током, механическую травму или другое повреждение.
UPOZORENJE Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku.
(SR)  Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan da obezbedi
prevodilačke usluge.
 Ne pokušavajte da opravite uređaj ako niste pročitali i razumeli ovo servisno uputstvo.
 Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja može dovesti do povređivanja servisera, rukovaoca
ili pacijenta usled strujnog udara ili mehaničkih i drugih opasnosti.

v
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

UPOZORNENIE Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.


(SK)  Ak zákazníkov poskytovateľ služieb vyžaduje iný jazyk ako angličtinu, poskytnutie
prekladateľských služieb je zodpovednosťou zákazníka.
 Nepokúšajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia, kým si neprečítate návod na obluhu a
neporozumiete mu.
 Zanedbanie tohto upozornenia môže spôsobiť zranenie poskytovateľa služieb,
obsluhujúcej osoby alebo pacienta elektrickým prúdom, mechanické alebo iné
ohrozenie.
ATENCION Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.
(ES)  Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no sea el
inglés, el cliente deberá encargarse de la traducción del manual.
 No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y comprendido este
manual de servicio.
 La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de
servicios, el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas eléctricas,
mecánicas o de otra naturaleza.
VARNING Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska. .
(SV)  Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat språk än engelska, ansvarar
kunden för att tillhandahålla översättningstjänster.
 Försök inte utföra service på utrustningen om du inte har läst och förstår den här
servicehandboken.
 Om du inte tar hänsyn till den här varningen kan det resultera i skador på
serviceteknikern, operatören eller patienten till följd av elektriska stötar, mekaniska
faror eller andra faror.
OPOZORILO Ta servisni priročnik je na voljo samo v angleškem jeziku.
(SL)  Če ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje priročnik v drugem jeziku, mora stranka
zagotoviti prevod.
 Ne poskušajte servisirati opreme, če tega priročnika niste v celoti prebrali in razumeli.
 Če tega opozorila ne upoštevate, se lahko zaradi električnega udara, mehanskih ali
drugih nevarnosti poškoduje ponudnik storitev, operater ali bolnik.
DİKKAT Bu servis kılavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.
(TR)  Eğer müşteri teknisyeni bu kılavuzu ingilizce dışında bir başka lisandan talep ederse,
bunu tercüme ettirmek müşteriye düşer.
 Servis kılavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara müdahale etmeyiniz.
 Bu uyarıya uyulmaması, elektrik, mekanik veya diğer tehlikelerden dolayı teknisyen,
operatör veya hastanın yaralanmasına yol açabilir.

vi
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Contents
Chapter1.  Introduction and Safety ...................................................................................................................................... 1-1 
1.1.  Introduction............................................................................................................................................................... 1-2 
1.1.1.  Objective .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-2 
1.1.2.  Scope................................................................................................................................................................. 1-2 
1.1.3.  Service Philosophy ...................................................................................................................................... 1-2 
1.1.4.  Qualifications ................................................................................................................................................ 1-2 
1.1.5.  Unauthorized Modifications ................................................................................................................... 1-2 
1.1.6.  Manual Organization and Use .............................................................................................................. 1-2 
1.2.  Safety ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1-3 
1.2.1.  Safety Hazard Alerts .................................................................................................................................. 1-3 
1.2.2.  Ingress of Fluids ........................................................................................................................................... 1-4 
1.2.3.  Electrical Shock ............................................................................................................................................ 1-4 
1.2.4.  Explosion ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-5 
1.2.5.  Thermal Harm ............................................................................................................................................... 1-5 
1.2.6.  Equipment Stability .................................................................................................................................... 1-5 
1.2.7.  X-Radiation ..................................................................................................................................................... 1-6 
1.2.8.  Motorized Mechanical Movement....................................................................................................... 1-6 
1.2.9.  Safety Interlock ............................................................................................................................................ 1-7 
1.2.10.  Labels ................................................................................................................................................................ 1-7 
1.2.11.  Locations of the Labels ......................................................................................................................... 1-16 
1.2.12.  Symbols ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-18 
1.2.13.  Electromagnetic Compatibility Statement ................................................................................... 1-19 
1.2.14.  Lock-Out, Tag-Out ................................................................................................................................... 1-25 
Chapter2.  System Overview .................................................................................................................................................... 2-1 
2.1.  System Descriptions ............................................................................................................................................. 2-2 
2.1.1.  System overview.......................................................................................................................................... 2-2 
2.1.2.  Component Locator ................................................................................................................................... 2-3 
2.2.  System block............................................................................................................................................................. 2-5 
2.3.  System Schematics ............................................................................................................................................... 2-6 
Chapter3.  Installation ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-1 
3.1.  Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-2 
3.2.  Pre-Installation ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-2 
3.2.1.  Dimensions and Weights of System .................................................................................................. 3-2 

vii
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.2.2.  Site Requirement ........................................................................................................................................ 3-2 


3.2.3.  Power Supply Requirement ................................................................................................................... 3-2 
3.2.4.  Environments................................................................................................................................................ 3-3 
3.2.5.  Tools and Test Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 3-4 
3.3.  Unpacking ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-5 
3.4.  Inspection .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-9 
3.4.1.  Label Inspection .......................................................................................................................................... 3-9 
3.4.2.  External Inspection .................................................................................................................................. 3-10 
3.4.3.  Internal Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 3-11 
3.5.  Setup .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-12 
3.5.1.  Power Supply Adaption ......................................................................................................................... 3-12 
3.5.2.  UPS .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-13 
3.5.3.  Power on ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-16 
3.5.4.  System Configuration ............................................................................................................................. 3-17 
3.6.  Functional Checks ............................................................................................................................................... 3-17 
3.6.1.  C-Arm Checks ............................................................................................................................................. 3-17 
3.6.2.  Workstation Checks ................................................................................................................................ 3-22 
3.6.3.  Auto Technique Tracking ...................................................................................................................... 3-34 
3.6.4.  Image Resolution ...................................................................................................................................... 3-34 
3.6.5.  Dose Checks ................................................................................................................................................ 3-34 
3.7.  Options Installation ............................................................................................................................................. 3-36 
3.7.1.  Laser Aimer.................................................................................................................................................. 3-36 
3.7.2.  Video distributor ........................................................................................................................................ 3-39 
3.7.3.  Printers........................................................................................................................................................... 3-42 
3.7.4.  Film cassette holder ................................................................................................................................ 3-44 
3.7.5.  DAP .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-44 
3.7.6.  Skin Spacer .................................................................................................................................................. 3-48 
3.7.7.  Two-pedal Footswitch ............................................................................................................................ 3-49 
Chapter4.  Subsystem ..................................................................................................................................................................4-1 
4.1.  Power Distribution and Control ...................................................................................................................... 4-2 
4.2.  MCB .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-5 
4.3.  Display Board ........................................................................................................................................................ 4-10 
4.4.  kV control and IGBT assembly....................................................................................................................... 4-11 
4.5.  Filament Control Board..................................................................................................................................... 4-14 

viii
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4.6.  Monoblock .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-15 


4.7.  X-ray/key Switches and Emergency Switch........................................................................................... 4-17 
4.8.  Image Chain ........................................................................................................................................................... 4-19 
4.8.1.  Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 4-19 
4.8.2.  Collimator Control .................................................................................................................................... 4-19 
4.8.3.  Image Intensifier ....................................................................................................................................... 4-21 
4.8.4.  CCD/CCU....................................................................................................................................................... 4-22 
4.8.5.  Image Grabber Card ............................................................................................................................... 4-27 
4.8.6.  Monitor .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-27 
4.9.  Computer and Peripheral ................................................................................................................................ 4-28 
4.9.1.  Computer ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-28 
4.9.2.  DVD and USB .............................................................................................................................................. 4-29 
4.9.3.  Keyboard and Mouse ............................................................................................................................. 4-30 
Chapter5.  Calibration ................................................................................................................................................................. 5-1 
5.1.  Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5-2 
5.2.  kV Measurement and Adjustment ................................................................................................................. 5-3 
5.2.1.  kV Measurement and Accuracy Check............................................................................................. 5-3 
5.2.2.  kV Adjustment ............................................................................................................................................... 5-4 
5.3.  mA Measurement and Adjustment ............................................................................................................. 5-9 
5.3.1.  mA Measurement and Accuracy Check........................................................................................... 5-9 
5.3.2.  mA calibration............................................................................................................................................ 5-13 
5.4.  mAs Measurement and Calibration ........................................................................................................... 5-17 
5.4.1.  mAs Measurment and Accuracy Check ........................................................................................ 5-17 
5.4.2.  mAs Calibration ......................................................................................................................................... 5-17 
5.5.  X-Ray Generator Warm .................................................................................................................................... 5-17 
5.6.  Beam Alignment and Image Calibration ................................................................................................. 5-18 
5.6.1.  Beam Alignment Setup.......................................................................................................................... 5-18 
5.6.2.  Camera Orientation ................................................................................................................................ 5-21 
5.6.3.  Camera Centering.................................................................................................................................... 5-22 
5.6.4.  Collimator Centering............................................................................................................................... 5-25 
5.6.5.  I.I. Field Size ................................................................................................................................................. 5-27 
5.6.6.  Limiting Field Size (Collimator Iris Field Size) ............................................................................... 5-28 
5.6.7.  ABS Tracking Check and Adjustment ............................................................................................. 5-30 
5.6.8.  Limiting Resolution .................................................................................................................................. 5-31 

ix
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.6.9.  Shading Correction .................................................................................................................................. 5-34 


5.7.  Dose Calibration ................................................................................................................................................... 5-37 
5.8.  Monitor Brightness and Contrast Adjustment ....................................................................................... 5-37 
5.8.1.  Keys assignment and operation LED .............................................................................................. 5-37 
5.8.2.  Lock and unlock the OSD menu ........................................................................................................ 5-38 
5.8.3.  Key functions in the OSD menu ......................................................................................................... 5-38 
5.8.4.  Brightness and Contrast Adjustment ............................................................................................. 5-38 
Chapter6.  Software ......................................................................................................................................................................6-1 
6.1.  Overview .................................................................................................................................................................... 6-2 
6.2.  Service Tool............................................................................................................................................................... 6-3 
6.2.1.  Service ID Setting ........................................................................................................................................ 6-4 
6.2.2.  Multi-language Setting ............................................................................................................................ 6-5 
6.2.3.  Time Zone Setting....................................................................................................................................... 6-5 
6.2.4.  Get System Information .......................................................................................................................... 6-6 
6.2.5.  Exposure Management ........................................................................................................................... 6-7 
6.2.6.  Database Backup and Restore .......................................................................................................... 6-15 
6.2.7.  Set Imaging Defaults .............................................................................................................................. 6-16 
6.2.8.  Consistency Check ................................................................................................................................... 6-17 
6.2.9.  Image Import/Export .............................................................................................................................. 6-18 
6.2.10.  Log Viewer ................................................................................................................................................... 6-21 
6.2.11.  Config File Export ...................................................................................................................................... 6-23 
6.2.12.  Restore Default .......................................................................................................................................... 6-24 
6.3.  Software Installation and Upgrade............................................................................................................. 6-25 
6.3.1.  Software Installation ............................................................................................................................... 6-25 
6.3.2.  Application Software Upgrade........................................................................................................... 6-38 
Chapter7.  Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................................................7-1 
7.1.  Overview .................................................................................................................................................................... 7-2 
7.2.  Error Recovery Steps ............................................................................................................................................ 7-2 
7.3.  Messages ................................................................................................................................................................... 7-2 
7.4.  Troubleshooting Guide ...................................................................................................................................... 7-19 
Chapter8.  Replacement .............................................................................................................................................................8-1 
8.1.  FRU list ........................................................................................................................................................................ 8-2 
8.2.  Locations of FRU .................................................................................................................................................... 8-8 
8.3.  Replacement .......................................................................................................................................................... 8-11 

x
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.1.  Covers ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-12 


8.3.2.  Brake, Handle and Wheel..................................................................................................................... 8-17 
8.3.3.  Generator ..................................................................................................................................................... 8-21 
8.3.4.  Collimator ..................................................................................................................................................... 8-22 
8.3.5.  PCBs ................................................................................................................................................................ 8-24 
8.3.6.  Parts in Computer and Peripheral.................................................................................................... 8-32 
8.3.7.  Exposure Indicator................................................................................................................................... 8-35 
8.3.8.  Monitors ........................................................................................................................................................ 8-36 
8.3.9.  CCD Camera with CCU........................................................................................................................... 8-38 
8.3.10.  Image Intensifier with power supply .............................................................................................. 8-43 
8.3.11.  UPS .................................................................................................................................................................. 8-44 
8.3.12.  Misc Parts ..................................................................................................................................................... 8-45 
8.3.13.  Linear Actuator.......................................................................................................................................... 8-54 
8.3.14.  Switch ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-59 
8.3.15.  Others ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-61 
Chapter9.  Periodic Maintenance .......................................................................................................................................... 9-1 
9.1.  Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9-2 
9.1.1.  Safety ................................................................................................................................................................ 9-2 
9.1.2.  Tools and Test Equipment....................................................................................................................... 9-4 
9.2.  PM Checklist .............................................................................................................................................................. 9-5 
9.3.  Administrative Information................................................................................................................................ 9-7 
9.4.  Safety Inspection .................................................................................................................................................... 9-7 
9.4.1.  Antistatic Drag Wires................................................................................................................................. 9-7 
9.4.2.  Electrical Plug and power cord ............................................................................................................. 9-7 
9.4.3.  Interconnect cable and Connector .................................................................................................... 9-7 
9.4.4.  Footswitch cable and pins ...................................................................................................................... 9-8 
9.4.5.  Ground Continuity ....................................................................................................................................... 9-8 
9.5.  PC Clean ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8 
9.6.  System Function checks ..................................................................................................................................... 9-9 
9.6.1.  Perform Power On Checks ...................................................................................................................... 9-9 
9.6.2.  C-Arm Checks ............................................................................................................................................... 9-9 
9.6.3.  Workstation Checks ................................................................................................................................ 9-12 
9.7.  X-ray Generator Accuracy Tests .................................................................................................................. 9-14 
9.7.1.  kVp Accuracy.............................................................................................................................................. 9-14 

xi
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

9.7.2.  mA Accuracy ............................................................................................................................................... 9-14 


9.7.3.  mAs Accuracy ............................................................................................................................................ 9-14 
9.8.  Field size and Image check ............................................................................................................................. 9-14 
9.8.1.  Field Size Verification .............................................................................................................................. 9-14 
9.8.2.  Auto Technique Tracking ...................................................................................................................... 9-14 
9.8.3.  Image Resolution ...................................................................................................................................... 9-15 
9.8.4.  Dose Rate ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-15 
9.9.  DAP Check ............................................................................................................................................................... 9-15 
9.10.  Reporting ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-17 
9.10.1.  Install Equipment Covers ...................................................................................................................... 9-17 
9.10.2.  Complete PM Comments ...................................................................................................................... 9-17 
Chapter10.  Technical Reference ........................................................................................................................................... 10-1 
10.1.  Overview .................................................................................................................................................................. 10-2 
10.2.  System Specifications........................................................................................................................................ 10-2 
10.2.1.  Safety Classification ................................................................................................................................ 10-2 
10.2.2.  Environmental Requirements ............................................................................................................. 10-2 
10.2.3.  Power Requirements............................................................................................................................... 10-3 
10.2.4.  Circuit Breaker ........................................................................................................................................... 10-3 
10.2.5.  Earth leakage current............................................................................................................................. 10-3 
10.2.6.  Physical Specifications ........................................................................................................................... 10-4 
10.3.  Specification of Key Components................................................................................................................ 10-6 
10.3.1.  X-Ray Generator ....................................................................................................................................... 10-6 
10.3.2.  X-Ray tube.................................................................................................................................................... 10-7 
10.3.3.  X-ray tube assembly ............................................................................................................................... 10-8 
10.3.4.  Collimator ..................................................................................................................................................... 10-9 
10.3.5.  Others .......................................................................................................................................................... 10-10 
10.4.  Tube Rating Chart............................................................................................................................................. 10-11 
10.4.1.  Filament Emission Characteristics ................................................................................................ 10-11 
10.4.2.  Single Load Ratings .............................................................................................................................. 10-13 
10.4.3.  Thermal Characteristic ....................................................................................................................... 10-15 
10.5.  Radiation Safety Specification ................................................................................................................... 10-16 
10.5.1.  Scatter Data ............................................................................................................................................. 10-16 
10.5.2.  Scatter radiation specification ........................................................................................................ 10-17 
10.6.  Material Safety Data Sheets ........................................................................................................................ 10-18 

xii
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.7.  Material Recycling ............................................................................................................................................ 10-18 


Appendix

xiii
Chapter1. Introduction and Safety
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

1.1. Introduction

1.1.1. Objective
Provide Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product service documentation that is consistently organized,
easy to access and is designed to aggressively expedite fault isolation and decrease product down-time.

1.1.2. Scope
This manual’s contents document the necessary information for service.

1.1.3. Service Philosophy


Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Products use precision components and utilize complex
manufacturing techniques. Component-level repairs that maintain compliance with these requirements
are sometimes not possible in the field. The system is therefore designed to be field serviceable at the
modular or Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) level.

1.1.4. Qualifications
Reading this manual does not qualify an untrained person to service the equipment. This publication
assumes the reader is a skilled and fully qualified electronic technician who has experience servicing
medical imaging systems. Factory trained service personnel will benefit the most from this material.

1.1.5. Unauthorized Modifications


GE Healthcare do Brasil Comércio e Serviços para Equipamentos Médico-Hospitalares LTDA certifies that
when assembled according to the manufacturer's instructions, this equipment meets applicable
international standards. Unauthorized modifications to the equipment may impact adherence to these
standards and make the equipment unsafe to operate.
The owner is responsible for verifying continued compliance with all applicable regulations and
standards. Consult local, state, federal and/or international agencies regarding specific requirements
and regulations applicable to the use of this type of medical electronic equipment.

1.1.6. Manual Organization and Use


The information documented here has been analyzed and divided into several sections. This manual
contains the following types of information:
 Introduction and Safety-Information of the system and safety.
 System Overview-General description of the system.
 Installation Procedure –Information of pre-installation, unpacking and installation check.

1-2
Introduction and Safety

 Subsystem-The subsystems have been analyzed and divided into functional sections. Each
functional section contains major assembly and control locations, theory, functional tests and
other information relevant at the subsystem level.
 Adjustment and Calibration-Procedures for tuning and calibration relevant at the subsystem
and system level.
 Software Maintenance- Provides procedures for software maintenance and service mode
utilities.
 Troubleshooting- Provides error code, error messages, and diagnostic programs that expedite
the diagnostic process.
 Replacement- Removal and installation procedures for fuses, covers and field replaceable units.
 Periodic Maintenance Procedure-Procedures for periodic maintenance.
 Technique Reference-Technique Reference of the system.
 Appendix-Schematics and information of some key parts.

1.2. Safety
Do not attempt to service or maintain this equipment before reading this entire section.

1.2.1. Safety Hazard Alerts


There are three hazard classifications used in this document. They are:

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in
WARNING
death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, may result in
moderate to minor injury, equipment damage or loss of data.

NOTE NOTE is given in situation requiring special attention.

1-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

1.2.2. Ingress of Fluids


Excessive amounts of fluids such as antiseptics, cleaning solutions or bodily fluids may damage internal
components if they are allowed inside the equipment.

The equipment is not rated for water-tight operation. Do not allow any liquids to leak into
WARNING the equipment where they can cause electric shock, fires, and short circuits. If leakage
does occur, ensure that all internal circuitry is completely dry before attempting to
operate the equipment.

Never store or operate the system in the presence of conductive fluids like water or
WARNING saline solution unless the system is adequately protected by an approved bagging or
draping system.

1.2.3. Electrical Shock


If the equipment must be serviced with the covers removed, observe the following precautions:

Equipment that contains high power electrical components must be serviced only by
WARNING personnel familiar with proper safety procedures for working near these components.

Disconnect AC power (and battery packs if used) before discharging static electricity in
WARNING components such as electrolytic capacitors and high voltage cables. Failure to heed this
message will result in death or severe personal injury.

Allow adequate time for static charges to discharge through bleeder resistors. Use a
WARNING high wattage resistor when discharging circuits to avoid burns.

Have someone watch while you work near high voltages. This person must remain
WARNING clear of all circuitry and be prepared to turn off the power to the system and render aid
in an emergency.

High voltage cables, electrolytic capacitors, and CRTs can retain a dangerous static
charge for long periods after power has been removed. Some devices can acquire a
WARNING charge spontaneously without direct contact with other circuitry. Do not touch these
components unless power has been completely removed and they have been
discharged.

Never operate the system unless all safety ground wires (green wire with a yellow stripe)
CAUTION
and related components are fastened in place. Dangerous electrical shock and
improper equipment operation can otherwise result.

Remove all metal rings and watchbands before working on system circuitry. Skin burns
CAUTION and damage from involuntary muscle contractions can result if metal jewelry shorts
electrical circuits.

1-4
Introduction and Safety

1.2.4. Explosion
If an abnormal condition occurs, such as the room fills with flammable gas, steps must be taken to
prevent the gas from contacting components within the equipment. Follow these guidelines:
1. Do not turn the system on or off.
2. Do not un-plug or plug-in system or peripheral equipment power cords.
3. Do not operate light switches or other electrical equipment.
4. Evacuate all personnel immediately.
5. Notify the hospital administration and/or fire department.
6. Ventilate the room to clear the air of all flammable vapor or gas.
7. Identify and remove the source of the flammable liquid, vapor, or gas.

1.2.5. Thermal Harm


Before you remove the cover of the system for maintenance or service. Please pay attention to the points
with high temperature, for example, the current limiters, internal power distribute circuit etc. Otherwise it
may harm your hand or body.

1.2.6. Equipment Stability


Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is mounted on wheels. And if it is moved or operated
improperly it could roll out of control. Follow these guidelines:
Two people should maintain control of the equipment when moving up or down an incline.
Place all mechanical assemblies in their most compact (transport) position and lock brake handles prior
to moving the equipment.
Use the handles designed for moving the equipment and mechanical assemblies.
Never attempt to move the system up or down steps.
Do not operate the equipment on unlevel floors.
Do not lock the wheel brakes and leave the equipment unattended on unlevel floors.
Always apply the wheel locks when the system is in its final position.
Do not move the equipment if the castors or wheels are not functioning properly.
Mechanical shocks to the equipment while disk drives are accessing information may cause damage to
the disk drive and loss of data.

1-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

1.2.7. X-Radiation

This equipment either produces or is used in the vicinity of ionizing radiation. Observe
CAUTION proper safety practices during operation. Use lead aprons, eye protection, thyroid
protection, and similar devices to protect yourself and others.

CAUTION Where local Entrance Exposure Rates (EER) are different than the GE HUALUN rate
specified, the EER should be adjusted to the lower of the two.

1.2.8. Motorized Mechanical Movement


Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product has motorized mechanical assemblies. Please follow these
guidelines:
Always observe mechanical assemblies when operating the motor to avoid pinching or collision with a
person or object.
Use care when working around equipment to avoid unintentional motor actuation. Do not carelessly
place objects on the equipment or bump or lean against the equipment.
Observe and prevent articles of clothing from getting caught in moving parts.

1-6
Introduction and Safety

1.2.9. Safety Interlock

WARNING Never bypass, jumper, or otherwise disable any equipment safety feature.

1.2.10. Labels
Even though this manual is supplied only in English, some labels may have a foreign
NOTE language equivalent that will appear on your system.

Item Label Quantity Description

This label indicates the position of


the C-Arm Wig-Wag movement
handle. When the handle is
rotated to dashed position, the
1 1
Wig-Wag brake is released. When
the handle is in horizontal
position, the Wig-Wag brake is
locked.
This label indicates the position of
the C-Arm Wig-Wag movement
handle. When the handle is
rotated to dashed position, the
2 1
Wig-Wag brake is released. When
the handle is in horizontal
position, the Wig-Wag brake is
locked.
This label indicates the position of
the C-Arm rotation handle. When
the handle is rotated to the
3 1 dashed position, the brake is
released. When the handle is in
horizontal position, the brake is
locked.
This label indicates the position of
the C-Arm rotation handle. When
the handle is rotated to the
4 1 dashed position, the brake is
released. When the handle is in
horizontal position, the brake is
locked.

1-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

This label indicates the position of


the C-Arm orbital movement
handle. When the handle is
5 1 rotated to the dashed position,
the brake is released. When the
handle is in horizontal position,
the brake is locked.
This label indicates the position of
the C-Arm orbital movement
handle. When the handle is
6 1 rotated to the dashed position,
the brake is released. When the
handle is in horizontal position,
the brake is locked.

This label indicates the position of


the C-Arm horizontal movement
handle. When the handle is
7 1 rotated to the horizontal position,
the brake is released. When the
handle is in vertical position, the
brake is locked.

This label indicates that the


8 1
Mobile C-Arm’s mechanical
subassemblies position should be
placed in their most compact
position before transporting or
moving the system.

9 1

1-8
Introduction and Safety

This label on the control panel of


the C-Arm indicates the
10 1
procedure of shutting down and
restart to avoid data missing.

Potential equalization terminal


11 1
label.

This label means that there is


12 4 accessible moving parts and keep
hands/fingers away.

This label near 2050 lateral


rotation limit switch reminds
13 1
operator to release the switch to
continue rotating.

This label indicates that you


should not touch the connector
and the patient at the same time.
The connector must be
connected to the appointed
14 1 device only.
This port is only used for user to
store patient image by USB stick.
Any other equipment is forbidden
to be connected strictly.

1-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

This label on the footswitch


means that the degree of

15
IPX8 1
protection of the footswitch is IP
X8. The electrical mechanism
within the footswitch is protected
from the effects of continuous
immersion in water.

This symbol indicates the location


16 1 of Emergency Stop Switch on the
Brivo OEC 850 equipment.

System rating plate indicates


17 1 manufacture information and
input power requirements.

This is the label of generator


18 1
rating plate.

This is the label of collimator.


19 1 Remove the tube head cover. This
label is on the collimator.

1-10
Introduction and Safety

This is the label of laser warning.


20 1 (The label will only be required if
there is laser aimer.)

This label warns the operator or


the patient not to look at the laser
21 1
beams directly. (The label will only
be required if there is laser aimer.)

This label indicates that waste


electronic and electrical
equipment must not be disposed
of as unsorted municipal waste
and must be collected separately.
22 2
Please contact an authorized
representative of the
manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning
of your equipment.

23 2 This is the label of branding.

24 Not used.

This label indicates the system


was tested by ITS authorized
body and was found to be in
25 1 compliance with the
requirements of all relevant
directives and standards at the
time of manufacture.

1-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

This label can be found on the X-


Ray generator. It indicates the
location of the X-Ray source and
the controls used to produce
26 1 ionizing X-Radiation. Use
appropriate precautions and
protective equipment when using
the system and at all times when
X-Rays are present.

27 1 USB warning label

28 1 C-Arm weight label

29 1 Workstation weight label

This label is near the capacitor to


warn that you shall discharge the
capacitor before touching it.
The label attached to UPS
30 2 indicates that the users are not
allowed to replace battery of UPS.
The UPS is charged even though
the system was not connected to
power supply. Do not touch UPS
at random.

1-12
Introduction and Safety

This label indicates the key


switch. Turn the key switch
located on the C-arm interface
31 1
panel to enable X-rays and
motorized mechanical
movement.

This is the label of functional


32 1
earth ground connection.

This label is on the right side of


the two-pedal footswitch. Two-
pedal footswitch is an optional
33 1
part. Press the right switch to
save an image displayed on the
left monitor.
This label is on the left side of the
two-pedal footswitch. Two-pedal
34 1 footswitch is an optional part.
Press the left switch to start
fluoroscopy in the mode selected.

35 1 This is the label of J1 connector

36 2 This is the label of Mark A.

1-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

This is the label of Mark E. It’s on


37 1
the tube.

38 1 This is the label of fuse

This is the label of J3 connector.


Remove the workstation back
39 1
cover. The label is near the
connector on the bottom.

This label is attached on UPS shut


down button to avoid misusing.
Only when UPS can’t shut down
40 1 automatically after system power
off process complete, the user
should press the UPS shut down
button to shut off UPS manually.

1-14
Introduction and Safety

41 1 Image Intensifier

42 1 PLC label

1-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

1.2.11. Locations of the Labels

12

1-16
Introduction and Safety

40

13

29

1-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

1.2.12. Symbols
Be familiar with the following symbols that may appear on equipment and schematics so you can safely
maintain and operate the system:
Dangerous Voltage

This symbol identifies areas where hazardous voltages may be present. Use appropriate
safety precautions.

Protective Earth Ground

This symbol identifies the system’s main protective earth ground terminal, which connects to
the facility earth ground through the grounding prong on the AC power plug. This connection
must be in place at all times for safe system operation.

Earth Ground Connection

This symbol identifies an earth ground connection that is necessary to maintain grounding
throughout the system.

X-Ray Source

This X-Ray Source symbol is used to identify controls that will produce ionizing X-radiation
when activated. Always use appropriate safety precautions when generating X-rays.

This X-Ray Source symbol is used to identify controls that will produce ionizing X-radiation
when activated. Always use appropriate safety precautions when generating X-rays.

Potential Equalization Terminal

This symbol identifies system terminals which, when connected together, are at the same
potential (not necessarily earth ground). Green/yellow wires normally connect potential
equalization terminals together.
Attention

Attention, see accompanying documentation for information. You can refer to this manual for
the operation instructions.

1-18
Introduction and Safety

Type B
This symbol indicates the equipment is protected against electric shock by a protective earth
ground connection.

Ionization Radiation
This symbol indicates that there is ionization radiation.

1.2.13. Electromagnetic Compatibility Statement


This equipment may generate and use radio frequency energy. The equipment must be installed and
used according to the manufacturer’s instructions in order to avoid radio frequency interference. If this
equipment generates or receives interference do the following to correct the problem:
 Verify that the equipment is the cause by turning the system on and off.
 In the event of unintended motor actuation, immediately remove power to the equipment.
 In the event of unintended X-ray actuation, immediately remove power to the equipment.
 Reorient the equipment until the interference stops.
 Relocate the equipment with respect to other equipment in the room.
 Plug the equipment into a different outlet so that the equipment and the receiver are on different
branch circuits.
 Use only input/output (I/O) cables supplied by GE Healthcare do Brasil Comércio e Serviços para
Equipamentos Médico-Hospitalares LTDA.
This product conforms with IEC60601-1-2: 2001 Amd. 1: 2004 Ed.2.1 EMC standard for medical devices.

This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. The
NOTE equipment may cause or be subject to radio frequency interference with other medical
and non–medical devices and radio communications. To provide reasonable
protection against such interference, the Brivo OEC 850 system complies with
emissions limits for a Group 1, Class A Medical Devices and has applicable immunity
level as stated in IEC60601-1-2: 2001 Amd.1: 2004 Ed2.1.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular


installation. Special precautions and other information regarding EMC provided in the
accompanying documents of this equipment shall be observed during installation and
operation of this equipment.

1-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

If this equipment is found to cause interference (which may be determined by


NOTE switching the equipment on and off), the user (or qualified service personnel) should
attempt to correct the problem by one or more of the following measure(s):

1. Reorient or relocate the affected device(s).


2. Increase the separating space between the equipments and the affected device.
3. Power the equipment from a source different from that of the affected device.
4. Consult the point of purchase or service representative for further suggestions.

Use of accessories, transducers, cables and other parts other than those specified by
the manufacturer of this equipment may result in increased emissions or decreased
WARNING immunity of the equipment. The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference
caused either by the use of interconnect cables other than those recommended, or
unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or
modifications could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

To comply with the regulations applicable to an electromagnetic interface for a Group 1,


NOTE Class A Medical Device, and to minimize interference risks, the following requirements
shall be applied:

1. All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded.
The use of cables that are not properly shielded and grounded may result in the
equipment causing radio frequency interference in violation of the FCC regulations.

2. All of those recommended guidance regarding electromagnetic environment shall be


followed.

Do not use devices that intentionally transmit RF signals (Cellular Phones, Transceivers,
or Radio Controlled Products) in the vicinity of this equipment as it may cause
WARNING performance outside the published specifications. Keep the power to these types of
devices turned off when near the equipment.
The medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians, patients,
and others.

1-20
Introduction and Safety

Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration – Electromagnetic Emissions


The Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is intended to use in the specified electromagnetic
environment. The purchaser or user of the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product should assure
that it is used in an electromagnetic environment as described below:
Emissions Test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment Guidance
The Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product uses RF
energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF
RF Emissions Group1 emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any
CISPR11 interference in nearby electronic equipment.

RF Emissions Class A The Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is
suitable for use in all establishments other than
CISPR11
domestic and those directly connected to the public
Harmonic emissions Not low-voltage power supply network that supplies
applicable buildings used for domestic purposes.
IEC 61000-3-2
Voltage fluctuations/ Not
flicker emissions applicable
IEC 61000-3-3

1-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity


The Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is intended to use in the specified electromagnetic
environment. The purchaser or user of the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product should assure that it
is used in an electromagnetic environment as described below:
Immunity Test IEC 60601 Compliance Level Electromagnetic
Environment Guidance
Test Level
Electrostatic 6 kV contact 6 kV contact Floors are wood, concrete, or
discharge (ESD) ceramic tile, or floors are
8 kV air 8 kV air
IEC 61000-4-2 covered with synthetic material
and the relative humidity is at
least 30 %.
2 kV for power supply 2 kV for power supply Mains power quality is that of a
lines lines typical commercial and/or
Electrical fast
transient Pulse 1 kV for input/output hospital environment
1 kV for input/output
IEC 61000-4-4 lines
lines
Surge 1 kV differential mode 1kV differential mode Mains power quality is that of a
voltage voltage typical commercial and/or
IEC 61000-4-5
hospital environment.
2 kV common mode 2 kV common mode
voltage voltage
Voltage dips, < 5 % UT ,for 0.5 Mains power quality is that of a
short cycle typical commercial and/or
0 % UT for 5 sec
interruptions hospital environment. If the
and voltage (> 95 % dip in UT) (> 95 % dip in UT) user of the Brivo OEC 850
variations on 40 % UT ,for 5 cycles Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product
power supply requires continued operation
input lines (60 % dip in UT) during power mains
interruptions, it is
IEC 61000-4-11 70 % UT ,for 25
recommended that the Brivo
cycles OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray
(30 % dip in UT) Product be powered from an
uninterruptible power supply or
< 5 % UT ,for 5 s a battery.
(> 95 % dip in UT)

Power frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic


magnetic field fields are at levels
(50/60Hz) characteristic of a typical
IEC 61000-4-8 location in a typical commercial
and/or hospital environment.
Note: UT means AC voltage before the test.
These are guidelines. Actual conditions may vary.

1-22
Introduction and Safety

Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity


The Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is intended to use in the specified electromagnetic
environment. The purchaser or user of the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product should assure that it is
used in an electromagnetic environment as described below:
IEC 60601 Compliance Electromagnetic Environment
Level
Test Level
Conducted RF 3 V rms [V1 =] 3 V Portable and mobile RF communications
equipment are used no closer to any part of the
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to
[EQUIPMENT and/or SYSTEM], including cables,
80 MHz than the recommended separation distance
calculated from the equation appropriate for the
frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
3,5
d =[ ] P
3
Radiated RF 3 V/m [E1=] 3 V/m
3,5
IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz to d =[ ] P 80 MHz to 800 MHz
3
2.5 GHz
7
d =[ ] P 800 MHz to 2,5 GHz
3
Note: P is the power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufac-
turer and d is the recommended separation dis-
tance in meters (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as
determined by an electromagnetic site survey a,
are less than the compliance level in each fre-
quency range b.
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equip-
ment marked with the following symbol:

a: Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for cellular telephones and land mobile radios, amateur
radio, AM and FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be estimated accurately. To assess the electromagnetic
environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be performed. If the measured field
strength exceeds the RF compliance level above, observe the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product to verify normal
operation in each use location. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as
re-orienting or relocating the [EQUIPMENT and/or SYSTEM].

b: Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths are less than 3 V/m.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects and people.
Note3: These are guidelines. Actual conditions may vary.

The Recommended Separation Distances are listed in the next table.

1-23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Recommended Separation Distances for Portable and Mobile RF Communications


Equipment and the Brivo OEC 850 system
The Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is intended to use in the electromagnetic environment
where the RF interference is controlled. According to the rating power of the communication
equipment, the purchaser or user of the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product can prevent the
Electromagnetic interference by the recommended separation distance below:

Separation Distance/m
Rated Power of
Transmitter/W

150KHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2,5 GHz

3,5 3,5 7
d =[ ] P d =[ ] P d =[ ] P
3 3 3

0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.38 0.38 0.73


0.1

1.2 1.2 2.3


1

10 3.8 3.8 7.3

100 12 12 23

For transmitters rated at a power not listed above, the DISTANCE can be estimated using the equation
in the corresponding column, where P is the power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to
the transmitter manufacturer.
Note 1: NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption
and reflection from structures, objects and people.
Note 3: These are guidelines. Actual conditions may vary.

1-24
Introduction and Safety

1.2.14. Lock-Out, Tag-Out


This procedure meets the basic LOTO requirements established by OSHA and follows the policy of GE
Healthcare for energy-isolation during the service/maintenance of this equipment. It is designed to
insure that each employee involved in servicing this equipment has exclusive control over when the
equipment is reenergized (i.e. each employee maintains a personal lock with a unique key).
It is the obligation of each employee to follow this procedure and understand that failing to do so can
cause serious injury or death.
Only Field Service Engineers who have complete LOTO Authorized and initial LOTO Verification training
will be permitted to execute Lockout/Tagout on this system. All other non-authorized individuals will be
considered “affected” individuals.

Specific Source of Energy


TYPE SOURCE MAGNITUDE STORED
Electrical Facility 120VAC/240VAC NO
Electrical Capacitors 310VDC YES
Electrical UPS 230VAC YES
Gravitational Potential (C-arm) ~50 lbs. YES

Energy Control Procedures


1. Notify all affected individuals of a shutdown.
2. Verify safety of work area.
3. Identify all electrical sources.
4. Position C-arm for service.
5. Shut down system via the power breaker.
6. Remove A/C plug from wall power.
7. Remove interconnect cable from C-arm.
8. Apply the red lock and tag to the AC plug.
9. Remove C-arm covers.

1-25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10. In C-arm, verify zero volts AC at breaker between the brown and blue wires.

11. Power is now locked out.


In the event service will continue into another day, and/or the machine will cause a
hazard if reenergized after the authorized employee leaves the location, leave the A/C
NOTE cord cover installed with a “transition” lock and yellow tag attached.
If more than authorized employee is going to conduct service on the same system, at the
same time, multiple locking devices must be employed and each authorized employee
must adhere to the entire LOTO procedure.
Testing and Positioning During Service
In the event that lockout/tagout devices must be temporarily removed from the energy isolating devices,
for testing or positioning purposes, the following sequence shall be followed:
1. Clear the machine of tools and materials.
2. Ensure that all employees/individuals in area are safely positioned or removed.
3. Remove energy control measures.
4. Energize system and proceed with testing or positioning.
5. De-energize system and reapply energy control measure.

1-26
Introduction and Safety

Restore Power After Service


1. Re-inspect work area for hazards.
2. Reinstall C-arm covers.
3. Turn on breaker on the C-arm.
4. Connect main interconnect cable to the C-arm.
5. Notify all affected personnel that power is being restored.
6. Remove red lock and tag.
7. Energize the system.
8. Verify proper system operation.
9. Inform customer that system is ready to be returned to service.
High voltage cables, electrolytic capacitors, can retain a dangerous static charge for long
periods after power has been removed. Some devices can acquire a charge spontaneously
WARNING without direct contact with other circuitry. Do not touch these components unless power has
been completely removed and they have been discharged. Equipment that contains high
power electrical components must be serviced only by personnel familiar with proper safety
procedures for working near these components. Disconnect AC power before discharging
static electricity in components such as electrolytic capacitors and high voltage cables. Failure
to heed this message will result in death or severe personal injury. Allow adequate time for
static charges to discharge through bleeder resistors. Use a high wattage resistor when
discharging circuits to avoid burns. Have someone watch while you work near high voltages.
This person must remain clear of all circuitry and be prepared to turn off the power to the
system and render aid in an emergency.

1-27
Chapter2. System Overview
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

2.1. System Descriptions

2.1.1. System overview


Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product is intended to provide fluoroscopic and film imaging of the
patient in diagnostic and surgical applications. Clinical applications may include, but are not limited to,
surgery, critical care and emergency room procedures. Such users will use this system on a daily basis.
The system may be used for other imaging applications at the user’s discretion. This product is not for
cardiac CRT procedures and also that the features and capabilities of the device may not be able to
support it if it were tried.

WARNING Only properly trained persons can operate this equipment.

Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product includes:


 Mobile C-Arm
Includes high frequency X-Ray generator, image intensifier, CCD camera and console.
 Mobile Workstation
Includes dual LCD monitors, 1 computer, External storage media (DVD/USB), etc.
 Options
Thermal Printer
DAP
Laser aimer device on tube
Laser aimer on image intensifier
Two-pedal footswitch
30cm skin spacer
Film cassette holder
Video Distributor for External DVI video output
The C-Arms derive their name from the rigid, C-shaped weldment that supports the Image Intensifier,
collimator, CCD Camera, and X-ray tube. These components together are commonly called the “C”, and
the entire assembly from the casters up is known as the “C-Arm”.
The X-Ray tube generates an X-ray beam that is shaped and oriented by the collimator. After passing
through patient anatomy, the beam is directed onto a film cassette to produce a radiographic film image,
or through the image intensifier and CCD camera, to convert the X-ray image to a video signal that is
transmitted to the Workstation for display, processing, and storage.

2-2
System Overview

2.1.2. Component Locator

8
9 2
10 3 15
16
11 4
12

5
18
13 19 17
6
14 1
7

1. Image intensifier and CCD camera


2. Lateral rotation movement brake handle
3. Orbital movement brake handle
4. Skin spacer
5. X-ray tube head (X-ray tube and collimator)
6. Front wheel
7. Rear wheel
8. Wig-wag movement brake handle
9. Steering handle
10. Horizontal movement brake handle
11. Control panel
12. Hand switch
13. Brake release pedal
14. Brake pedal
15. Driving handle
16. Fast stop switch
17. Female sockets (interconnect cable and footswitch)
18. Incoming circuit breaker
19. Key switch and power on indicator

2-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4
1

2 5

3 7 10 10
11

9 9
8 8

1. LCD Monitors
2. Keyboard
3. USB connector
4. Exposure indicator
5. Mouse
6. Cabinet for printer
7. DVD driver
8. Front wheels
9. Back wheels
10. Handles
11. Interface for DICOM and Video distributor

2-4
System Overview

2.2. System block

2-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

2.3. System Schematics

2-6
System Overview

2-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

2-8
Chapter3. Installation
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.1. Overview
This chapter described the installation procedure of Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product.

3.2. Pre-Installation

3.2.1. Dimensions and Weights of System


Dimensions:
C-Arm: 181cm  76cm  175cm (71.3’’  30’’  69’’)
Workstation: 62.8cm×89cm×167cm (24.7’’×35’’×65.8’’)
Weights:
C-Arm: 245±10kg
Workstation: 140±10kg

3.2.2. Site Requirement


Scan room (L × W × H) ≥5.0 m × 5.5 m ×2.8 m
Entrance (W× H) ≥1.2 m × 2.0 m
Aisle (W) ≥2m

Enough room should be provided for the movement, installation and operation of the
WARNING system.

The floor should be hard enough to support the system. It should also be smooth and
WARNING
horizontal.

3.2.3. Power Supply Requirement


Voltage: AC 100V/110V/120V/200V/220V/230V/240V
Frequency: 50Hz/60Hz±3Hz
Rated Momentary Line Current (shorter than 5s):
 25A (220V/230V/240V)
 30A (200V)
 50A (100V/110V/120V)

3-2
Installation

Rated Continuous Line Current:


 10A (220V/230V/240V)
 12A (200V)
 20A (100V/110V/120V)

NOTE 16A power supply is required in China. And 20 A is required in Japan.

Suitable sockets are required both in Scan room and Operating room for maintenance. Power supply
should comply with requirement of the system power supply requirements. The sockets should be 3
cores with protective earth, which complies with the requirement of the applicable electrical codes. Other
equipment electrically connected with this apparatus share the same grounding connection.
You should check the local power supply first. If it is not 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V (50 Hz),
WARNING you need change the power supply cables and change the connections of the system.
Refer to the Power Supply Adaptation section for details.

3.2.4. Environments
Operating Conditions:
Temperature: +10°C~+40°C (+50F~+104F)
Humidity: 20~80% Relative, non-condensing
Atmospheric Pressure: 700hPa~1060hPa
Transportation and Storage:
Temperature: -20°C~+55°C (-4°F~+131°F)
Humidity: 10~95% Relative, non-condensing
Atmospheric Pressure: 500hPa~1060hPa

3-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.2.5. Tools and Test Equipment


Standard Tools and Test Equipment are required to install the system. In addition to standard service
tools and test equipments, the following special tools and standard test equipment are required to
complete this procedure.
Standard Tool
Item Tool
1 Screw drivers
2 Wrench
3 Dosimeter
4 10’’×12’’ Film
5 Blank CD/DVD disk
6 Spatial Resolution Tool
7 Lead Apron, thicker than 3mm
8 Pinchers
9 Scissors
10 Stopwatch
11 Network cable
12 Printer paper or film
13 Ruler longer than 12 inches (30cm)
14 Digital volt-ohm meter or equivalent
Special Tool
Item Tool GE part number

1 9 inch Film cassette holder (if required) 5304073


2 Three copper sheets, each 1mm thick 00-877682-01

3-4
Installation

3.3. Unpacking
There are 2 packages for Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product. One is for C-Arm (L
NOTE  W  H=2000mm  900mm  1995mm. And the other is WorkStation (L  W
 H=1015mm  900mm  2150mm).
Before unpacking, inspect the shipping enclosure /boxes for damage and report to the
NOTE shipper if available.

The unpacking of the system should be done before moving it into the operation room, in order to check
if there’s damage or non-apparent damage occurred during transportation.
The packages should be examined minutely during installation to avoid missing parts with small
dimensions or envelopes containing screws, washers, etc. Once damage is observed, notify service of the
transportation and insurance company immediately.
If non-apparent damage due to transportation was found during unpacking or installation, take the
same action in 15 days after delivery. The transportation corporation will not pay for non-apparent
damage generally unless making an application for inspection in 15 days after delivery.
If damage is discovered, contact the related company immediately, with specifying the type of apparatus,
the serial number and the order number if possible, and describing the nature of the damage.
Please follow the steps below to unpack the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product.
C-Arm:
1. Place the C-Arm and workstation packages on the flat and leave enough space around.
2. Cut off the binding tie and remove the cardboard coping and box of the C-Arm. Then remove the
wrapper on the C-Arm.
3. Lock the cross-arm, wig-wag, lateral rotation and orbital movement brakes. Get the accessory
packages, wood crowbar, stow-woods and ramp from the C-arm package. Put the wood ramp
behind of the C-arm.

NOTE
The ramp and crowbar will also be used to workstation unpacking.

3-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Wood
crowbar

Accessory

Stow-wood

4. Loosen the screws and remove the wood support of image intensifier.

Wood
support

5. Remove the baffle of the tube.


6. Loosen the screws and remove the three fastening metal strips of the wheels.

Fastening
metal strip

3-6
Installation

7. Lift up one side of the C-arm with the wood crowbar and put the stow-wood under each rear
wheel. Then loose all the screws and remove the wood fastening assembly on rear wheels of the
C-arm.

8. Hold the handles and move the C-arm backward to draw out backwards the image intensifier
and tube.

NOTE
Take care to protect the Image intensifier and gird when move the C-arm.
9. Turn the right steering handle in a vertical position to keep the rear wheels in a straight direction.
Then carefully move the C-Arm backward along the ramp to the site you desire.

10. Loosen the bolt with a screwdriver and remove the horizontal cross-arm lock device. (The lock
device will also be used during workstation unpacking.) Loosen the horizontal movement brake
handle and push the C-Arm forward. Lock the brake handle.

3-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

11. Check parts according to packing list (refer to the packing list with the system for details).
Before moving the system, please make sure the 4 brake handles: the C-Arm orbital
WARNING rotation brake, the lateral rotation brake, the Wig-Wag brake, and the horizontal cross-
arm brake are locked. Otherwise, equipment damage or personal injury may result.

Workstation:
1. Cut off the binding tie and remove the packing of the workstation. Take out the ramp on standby.
And remove the wrapper on the workstation.
2. Loose the screws of the fastening assembly cover around the four wheels. Remove all the
screws on the wood support.
3. Put the cross arm lock device under the center of one side of the workstation and loosen the bolt
to lift up the workstation. Then remove the wood support. Lower the workstation and then
remove the lock device.

4. Use the lock device to lift up the other side of the workstation. And then remove the wood
support.
5. Put the ramp in position. Move the workstation along the ramp.

3-8
Installation

3.4. Inspection

3.4.1. Label Inspection


After the system installation, check and verify that all labels in section 1.2.10 should be in position.
Labels below should be in local language according to the regulation requirement.
NOTE

(Only exists when there’s laser aimer option)

3-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.4.2. External Inspection


1. Cabling and Connector inspection
Check the interconnect cable for damage or other problems. Verify that connector on cable mates well
with the connector on C-Arm and that there are no bent or missing pins. Make sure the strain relief
attaches securely to both the interconnect cable and connector.
2. C-Arm Inspection
Inspect each C-arm component listed under the heading C-arm Inspection. Select one check box for
each item in the list. The choices are:
 No problem Found
 Loose or missing parts
 Broken or damaged parts
 Chipped or scratched paint
The items to inspect are grouped according to the larger visible, easily accessible assemblies and/or
modular parts of the system. Each inspection of an assembly item should include its visible component
parts and sub-assemblies.
C-Arm Inspection
Physical Location No problem Loose or Missing Broken or Chipped or
found parts Damaged Parts Scratched paint
Image Intensifier
C-Arm

X-ray Tube
Control Panel
Handles
Cabinet

Wheels

3-10
Installation

3. Workstation Inspection
Inspect each workstation component listed under the heading workstation inspection. Select one check
box for each item in the list.
WorkStation Inspection
Physical Location No problem Loose or missing Broken or Chipped or
found parts damaged parts scratched paint
Monitor and Arm
Keyboard and
Mouse
Covers
Frame
Handles
Wheels

3.4.3. Internal Inspection

NOTE Observe electrostatic discharge safety procedures.

Removing any covers exposes dangerous electrical voltages on several components.


When possible, disconnect system from AC line before removing any covers. When it is
WARNING
necessary to leave the power applied, use extreme care to avoid death or injury from
electrical shock.
(1) Remove workstation cover. Inspect the internal labels and parts. Check if there are loose parts.
(2) Remove the C-Arm’s covers. Check all cables and PCBs inside C-arm. Look for loose PCBs and
connectors and reset.

3-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.5. Setup

3.5.1. Power Supply Adaption


If your power supply is 100V/110V/115V/120V/127V/200V/230V/240V, please follow steps below to
change power supply. Otherwise, go to section3.5.2.
1. Make sure that C-arm covers were removed.
2. Check the breaker, power cable and plug are proper and relative to the power supply voltage.
3. If the power supply is 100V/110V/115V/120V/127V, check the PDU board jumper was adjusted as
below:

4. Change the bridge connectors of the transformer if need.

The system can adapt power supply of AC100V, AC110V, AC115V, AC120V, AC127V, AC200V,
NOTE AC220V, AC230V and AC240V by different connections of the transformer. Before install the
system, please check the power supply voltage range and the transformer connection
according to the diagram below.
Wire Transformer taps
Voltage 240 V 230 V 220 V 200V 120V/127V 110V/115V 100V
Wire N (Brown) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Wire L1 (White) 4 3 3 2 4 3 2
Wire N1 (Yellow) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Wire L (Blue) 8 8 7 6 8 7 6
Jumper 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11 9-10 9-10 9-10
11-12 11-12 11-12

3-12
Installation

5. Install all the covers of the C-arm.

3.5.2. UPS
Follow these steps to setup the UPS.
1. Make sure that the rear cover and both lower side covers of workstation have been removed.
2. Plug the UPS battery connector.

3. Connect the interconnect cable to C-arm.


Test
Voltage
increase
Overload
Power on On Battery Indicator
indicator
Replace
Voltage battery
Decrease

Off

3-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4. Press and hold UPS “test” button for several seconds to initiate a self-test. Release the button
once the UPS sounds beeps. The workstation will start up. Wait until a message display: “Power
failure! System will shut down immediately! Please check AC power and restart system later.”.
(The message will be displayed for only several seconds.)
5. Press “off” button to turn off the UPS.
6. Install all the covers of the workstation.
The UPS receives AC power whenever the system power switch is on. The battery recharges if
necessary. If the AC mains power fails, the UPS supplies power to workstation using its internal
battery.
The online indicator goes out and the battery indicator comes on. UPS sounds “bi-bi-bi-bi” every four
seconds.
Do not connect any other devices to the UPS receptacles.
WARNING
UPS battery should be disconnected before transportation. Battery can be left in the
UPS.
Label and text on UPS in English:

3-14
Installation

3-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.5.3. Power on
When you place a recently unpacked system into use, allow it to stand in its new
environment long enough for any condensed moisture to evaporate. A decrease in
CAUTION
temperature or a humidity increase can cause water vapor in the air to condense,
sometimes on electric circuits. You may damage the equipment if you apply power
before this condensation dries.
1. Take out foot switch from the accessory package. Connect the Footswitch to C-arm.
2. Plug the power cord into appropriate AC receptacle. Press the power on switch on control panel.
Before power on the system, please check and make sure that the voltage of the system
is compatible with the power supply. Or you must change the power supply settings of
WARNING
the system.
Refer to Section 3.5.1 for details.
3. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete software boot and initialization with no errors
reported on their displays.
The auto fluoroscopy mode is selected and the power on indicator lights. The field size is in its maximum.
The left monitor of workstation will display GE logo screen. The right monitor will enter into the PATIENT
INFORMATION Screen automatically.

4. Press vertical lift button and verify that vertical lift column is operational.

3-16
Installation

3.5.4. System Configuration


Hold down Ctrl +Shift+Alt key and press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly and quickly to invoke the service tool.
1. Input the service ID of the system. Refer to section 6.2.1.
2. Set the time zone. Refer to section 6.2.3.
3. Check the exposure option and dose group by country though Exposure Management screen.
Refer to section 6.2.5.
4. Check Fluoro Alarm Control through exposure management screen. Refer to section 6.2.5.
5. Return main screen of service tool and click “Shutdown” button to shut down the system.

CAUTION The configuration must be complete in case the local regulation is not complied.

3.6. Functional Checks

3.6.1. C-Arm Checks


Mechanical Movement
Perform the following mechanical inspections and checks.
Wig-Wag Movement
1. Release the Wig-Wag brake.
2. Move the mechanics through the entire operational range. Verify Wig-Wag for ease of movement
without excessive play.
3. Verify that locking the Wig-Wag brake prevents Wig Wag motion.
Horizontal Movement
1. Unlock Horizontal bake and fully extend and retract the Horizontal Cross-Arm.
2. Verify that the Cross-Arm moves smoothly and quietly through the bearing block without
excessive play.
3. Place the Cross-arm brake in the lock position.
4. Verify that the cross-arm does not move.

CAUTION Make sure cross arm is fully retracted and brake is set before moving C-arm. Equipment
damage or personal injury may otherwise result.

3-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

C-arm Orbital Rotation

When you release the orbital movement brake, place your other hand on the C-arm so
CAUTION
that you have control of the C-arm’s movement.
1. Release the orbital brake.
2. Verify that C-arm orbits smoothly in its cradle without excessive play.
3. Verify that the entire orbital scale is readable and in good condition.
4. Set the brake handle to lock position and verify that C-arm locks firmly in position.
Lateral Rotation
1. Release lateral rotation brake.
2. Verify C-arm rotates smoothly in both directions.
3. Lock the brake and verify the brake locks C-arm firmly in position.
Before transporting the system, please make sure the 4 brake handles: the C-Arm
WARNING orbital rotation brake, the lateral rotation brake, the Wig-Wag brake, and the horizontal
cross-arm brake are locked. Otherwise, equipment damage or personal injury may
result.

Vertical Column test

1. Power on the system. Set the keyswitch in ON position ( ). Press and hold the up vertical

column switch. The maximum distance is about 40cm. Verify that vertical column stops when it
reaches the limit and that operation is smooth and quiet.
2. Press and hold down vertical column switch. When the movement stops, press two keys

at the same time and C-arm will be lowered to the lowest position.

Wheels
1. Push C-arm slowly and verify that the wheels contact the floor and that they roll freely.
2. Make sure there are no worn or damaged areas on the wheel tread.
3. Verify that there is no wobble or binding associated with wheels.

Brakes
1. Step on the rear wheel pedal brake. Verify that the rear wheels lock.
2. Step on wheel pedal release brake. Verify that brakes release and that both rear wheels roll and
steer freely.

3-18
Installation

Steering
1. Verify that both rear casters respond appropriately to movement of the steering handle.
2. Verify that you can steer the rear casters 90 degrees to the left and 90 degrees to the right.
3. Verify that the casters track together when you steer them.
4. Place the mobile C-arm’s rear wheel brake in release position. Push the C-arm slowly and verify
that C-arm can turn smoothly.

C-Arm Controls

The following procedure produces X-rays. Use the appropriate personal protective
WARNING equipment to protect yourself from X-ray exposure.

kVp , mA/mAs
Press the kVp and mA/mAs keys and verify that the technique can be adjusted manually.

Pulse Fluoroscopy
Select Pulsed normal fluoro mode via the C-arm control panel. The X-Ray Exposure indicator keeps
lighting when taking an exposure.
If the pulse mode is enabled, the amount of accumulated time will be the actual exposure
NOTE
time, which depends on the time of pressing X-ray switch, length of pulses and the
number of pulses per second.
1pulse count to
1pps : 50 milliseconds / 1 pulse approximately
2pps : 50 milliseconds / 1 pulse approximately
4pps : 50 milliseconds / 1 pulse approximately
8pps : 50 milliseconds / 1 pulse approximately

Manual HLF +
Select manual HLF mode. Take exposure and verify that a HLF exposure is taken. Verify that audible tone
beeps at normal rate.

Auto HLF + +
Place an object in front of Image Intensifier. Select Auto HLF mode to take exposure. The exposure will
stop automatically after 20 seconds if you selected “Exposure Limit 20sec” in “Exposure Management”
screen of service tool.

3-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Digital Spot
Select digital spot via control panel. Take a digital spot shot and verify that fluoro exposure automatically
terminates and image automatically saves to hard drive.

Image Orientation
Using the line pair tool as a phantom, take exposure in normal fluoro mode and verify the following
functions:

 Image Rotation key rotates the image clockwise and counter-clockwise.

 Image Reverse key inverts and reinverts the image.

Collimator
Press each of the following collimator switches while taking exposure and verify each of the following
collimator actions.

 Collimator iris opens and closes.

 Collimator leaves open and close.

 Collimator leaves rotate.


Field size

Place something on the Image Intensifier. Press field size key repeatedly, verifying ability to select
any of the three available sizes: NORM, MAG1 and MAG2.
Recursive Factor

Press recursive factor key to select 2, 4, 8, 16 respectively to take an exposure. Verify the amount of
filtering can be increased and decreased. The noise in the image should be decreased as the Recursive
Factor is increased.
Motion Artifact Reduction
Take exposure and rotate the image by pressing image rotation key. Observe the motion artifact of the

image. Press motion artifact reduction key and verify that the indicator lights.

3-20
Installation

Alarm Reset

Press and hold Alarm Reset key for approximately 2 seconds. Verify Fluoro time displayed on the C-
arm control panel resets to zero.

Radiographic Mode
Select Radiography mode and verify that the indicator lights.

C-arm key/X-ray switch test


Perform the following test to verify that the system’s X-ray and key switches are operating satisfactorily.
The following procedure produces X-rays. Use the appropriate personal protective
WARNING equipment to protect yourself from X-ray exposure.

Keyswitch

1. Place the X-ray keyswitch in STANDBY position ( ). Press Handswitch and verify that no X-rays
are generated. Press Vertical lift button and verify that vertical lift column is not operational.

2. Place X-ray keyswitch in XRAYOFF position ( ). Press handswitch and verify that no X-rays are
generated. Press vertical lift button and verify the vertical lift column is operational.

3. Place X-ray keyswitch in ON position ( ). Press handswitch, footswitch and vertical lift button
to verify X-ray and vertical lift column are enable.

3-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Emergency Switch
Perform the following test to verify the emergency switch.
1. Press the emergency switch during raising C-arm.

Emergency
Switch

2. Verify that vertical column operation and exposure are disabled.


3. Release the emergency switch. Verify that the vertical column operation and exposure are
available.

3.6.2. Workstation Checks


Mechanical Movement
1. Push the workstation and verify that the wheels roll smoothly without vibration and that they are
securely attached to the wheels.
2. Verify the operation of the brakes of workstation.
3. Check movement of the monitor arm for ease of movement without excessive play. Make sure
that the monitors do not move after being positioned.

Workstation Operation
1. Press SWAP ( ) key and verify this function exchanges images between the left monitor and
the right monitor.

2. Press the SAVE ( ) key. And then press key. Verify that the left monitor image is previewed
in the Image Directory screen.
3. Verify Patient Information function activates the Patient Information screen. Enter patient
information ( ), display scheduled exams, display resume exams screen.

4. Verify Image Directory function ( ) allows you to enter Image Directory screen.

5. Verify the SETUP function ( ) allows access to the Setup screen. Press “Security” button and
select “Require Users to Login” in the screen.

3-22
Installation

6. Verify ZOOM function ( ) displays a square region of interest (ROI) box and that you can
magnify the ROI.

7. Verify NEGATE ( ) function reverses the light and dark values on the image displayed on the
left monitor.

8. Verify the CONTRAST function ( ) displays and indicator bar and that the amount of
contrast can be increased and decreased.

9. Verify the BRIGHTNESS function ( ) displays an indicator bar and that amount of
brightness can be increased and decreased.

10. Verify that Auto Contrast/Brightness ( ) automatically selects the optimum values of
contrast and brightness.

11. Verify ENGE ENHANCE function ( ) displays an indicator bar and that amount of
enhancement level increased and decreased.

12. Press key on keyboard. Enter “Security” screen. Select “Require Users to Login” to enable the
logout function. The default password is “123456”. Click “Change Password…” if you need to
change password. Then Click “OK” button.

Press ALT key and the LOGOUT key ( ) at the same time. Verify that it can log the user out of the
workstation applications.
The logout function can only be available when you select “Require Users to Login” in
NOTE
the “Security” screen.

3-23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

CD/DVD check
1. Place a blank CD or DVD in the in the CD/DVD drive and wait for the green LED on the front of the
drive to turn off.

2. Press the Image Directory key ( ) on the keyboard to open the Image Directory. Make sure the
Image Directory has some saved images. Otherwise, then save some images by taking test shots.
3. Select the “Copy To…” button on the “Image Directory” screen. The “Copy To… “ screen lists the
available print and storage devices. Select CD/DVD and click the “OK” button to confirm your
selection.

4. Click “Option…” button. Select “Include Viewer” in copy option and click “OK” button.
5. Select one or more images from the Image Directory.
6. Click “Copy” button on the Image Directory screen to copy the queued image.
7. Insert the CD/DVD to other computer. The media viewer will run automatically. Use the viewer to
confirm that the image was written to the CD/DVD successfully.

3-24
Installation

DICOM Check
You can choose the verification items from DICOM worklist server, storage server and
NOTE
printer server, according to the customer’s network situation and equipment.

1. Remove the cable cover from the back cover of workstation.

2. Plug the network cable into the network connector on the computer.

3. Install the cable cover.

4. Press the Setup key on the workstation keyboard.

3-25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5. Click “Network Config…”button. Input the “Station Name” and “AE Title”. The default AE Title is
“OEC850”. You can change it according to the DICOM service’s requirement. Click “Config…”button
and fill in the network information. You can obtain the information from network administrator.

6. Select “DICOM Worklist…”button from the workstation setup screen.

Click “Add…” button and fill in the information of the DICOM worklist server. Obtain the information from
network administrator. Click “OK” button to return to DICOM worklist screen. Click “Verify” button. The
message “ The DICOM server has verified successfully.” will display if the server has connected. Click “OK”
button and then select the Exit button to close the DICOM Worklist screen.

3-26
Installation

7. Select “DICOM Storage…” from the workstation setup screen.

Click “Add…” button and fill in the information of the DICOM storage server. Obtain the information from
network administrator. Click “OK” button to return to DICOM storage server list screen. Click “Verify”
button. The message “ The DICOM server has verified successfully.” will display if the server has
connected. Click “OK” button and then select the “Exit” button to close the DICOM Storage server list
screen.
8. Click “DICOM printer…” button on setup screen.

3-27
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Click “Add…” button and fill in the information of the DICOM printer server. Obtain the information
from network administrator. Click “OK” button to return to DICOM printer server list screen. Click
“Verify” button. The message “ The DICOM server has verified successfully.” will display if the server
has connected. Click “OK” button and then select the “Exit” button to close the DICOM printer server
list screen.

9. Press key to enter Patient Information screen. Select “Scheduled Exams…” button. Choose the
worklist server and click the “schedule filter” button. Setup the query filter and click OK.

Click “Update schedule” button to perform a DICOM query. Verify that the search results will be
displayed in the scheduled exams screen.

10. Press Image Directory key on the workstation keyboard. Select DICOM printer server from the
Copy To screen. Click the preview image and then click the queue box. Click “Print” button. Verify that
the images can be printed successfully after the process complete.
11. Click “Copy To…” button. Select the DICOM storage server. Select one or more preview images you
want to archive. Press and hold CTRL key on the keyboard to select multiple images from the
previews in the directory. Click “Copy” button. Verify that the images are copied to the storage server
successfully after the copy progress complete.

3-28
Installation

DICOM Worksheet
Record Network Config information below:

Station Name: Does this site use DHCP?


Enter information into “Network Config” screen. Yes No
AE Title: IP Address:
Enter information into “Network Config” screen. Enter information into “Network Config” screen.
Gateway:
Enter information into “Network Config” screen.
Subnet Mask:
Enter information into “Network Config” screen.

3-29
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Yes Will the site use DICOM Worklist Server?


No If yes, record their configuration here.
Worklist Server
Server Alias:

AE Title:

IP Address:

Gateway:

Port Number:

3-30
Installation

Yes Will the site use DICOM Storage Server?


No If yes, record their configuration here.
Storage Server
Server Alias:

AE Title:

IP Address:

Gateway:

Port Number:

Modality

3-31
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Yes Will the site use DICOM Printer Server?


No If yes, record their configuration here.
Server Alias:
AE Title:
IP Address:
Gateway:

Port Number:

Maximum:
Minimum:
Config. Info.:
Border Density: BLACK WHITE
Empty Density: BLACK WHITE
Copies: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Print Priority: HIGH MEDIUM LOW
Destination: MAGAZINE PROCESSOR
Medium Type: PAPER CLEAR FILM BLUE FILM
Orientation: PORTRAIT LANDSCAPE

Film Size: 8IN×10IN 10IN×12IN


10IN×14IN 11IN×14IN
14IN×14IN 14IN×17IN 24CM×30CM
Format1: 1×1 1×2 2×1 2×2 2×3 3×3 3×4 4×4 4×5 5×4
Format2: 1×1 1×2 2×1 2×2 2×3 3×3 3×4 4×4 4×5 5×4
Format3: 1×1 1×2 2×1 2×2 2×3 3×3 3×4 4×4 4×5 5×4
Format4: 1×1 1×2 2×1 2×2 2×3 3×3 3×4 4×4 4×5 5×4

3-32
Installation

Yes Will the site use DICOM Worklist Filter?


No If yes, record their option here.

Get Today’s Exams:

Enter information above in the “Schedule Filter” screen. The users will enter additional information on this screen.

3-33
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.6.3. Auto Technique Tracking

Select Auto Fluoroscopy mode ( ), and the NORM field size to take an exposure. Put the copper filter
on the tube head. Verify that the kVp changes accurately as copper filters are inserted into the field in the
following ranges:
Copper mm 1mm 2mm 3mm
kVp range 64±4kVp 74±4kVp 82±4kVp
If the kVp is not in the range, refer to 5.7.1 for calibration.

3.6.4. Image Resolution


Place a special resolution tool in the front of the image intensifier. The angle between the horizontal axis

of the image and the resolution tool must be 45°. Select Manual Fluoroscopy mode ( ) and
appropriate kV value. Take an exposure, and stop when image is stable. The image is frozen on the left
monitor. Verify the resolution in lp/mm is equal to, or greater than, the values listed below. Repeat and
select any of three field sizes (NORM, MAG1 and MAG2) to verify the resolution.
Field Size NORM MAG1 MAG2

Resolution (lp/mm) ≥ 2.2 ≥ 3.0 ≥ 3.5


If the resolution check fails, refer to section 5.6.8 for Camera Focus calibration.

3.6.5. Dose Checks


Normal fluoro dose rate check
1. Position the dosimeter in the center of the X-ray beam 30cm above the grid. Cover the image
intensifier with lead thicker than 3mm for protection of the image intensifier.
2. Set kVp as 110kVp, increase mA to maximum in manual mode. Measure the dose rate while
making exposure. Limits vary by the dose group, which was selected in software configuration
section by country.
Continuous fluoro ≤ 50 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 50 and HLF 50)
≤ 88 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 88 and HLF 100)
Pulse fluoro ≤ 50 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 50 and HLF 50)
≤ 88 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 88 and HLF 100)

3-34
Installation

HLF dose rate check


1. Position the dosimeter in the center of the X-ray beam 30cm above the grid. Cover the image
intensifier with lead thicker than 3mm for protection of the image intensifier.
2. Set kVp as 110kVp, increase mA to maximum in manual mode. Measure the dose rate while
making exposure. Limits vary by the dose group, which was selected in software configuration
section by country.
Continuous fluoro ≤ 50 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 50 and HLF 50)
≤ 100 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 88 and HLF 100)
Pulse fluoro ≤ 50 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 50 and HLF 50)
≤ 100 mGy/min (Dose group: Normal 88 and HLF 100)

NOTE
After the installation, please fill in the product locator card for PLC parts below and mail
the cards to local service operation office.

Item Part Number Part Description

1 5325576 Generator, monoblock, EVR

2 5330057 Assembly, RIU, EVR

3 5336403 ASM COLLIMATOR, EVR

4 5888850 Asm, Brivo OEC 850, EVR

German regulatory required that the collimator has to be visible on two sides of the
NOTE image, which are not opposite. For the system installed in German, adjust collimator
iris (refer to chapter5.6.4) until the collimator meet the requirement as below.

3-35
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.7. Options Installation

3.7.1. Laser Aimer


Laser Aimer on Tube
1. Laser Aimer, which attaches to tube, is incorporated with the tube cover. Remove the standard
tube cover. Position the tube cover with laser aimer and plug the power cable. Tighten the secure
screws of the tube cover. Remove the laser aimer cover. Power on the system.

Power
cable

2. Install the beam alignment tool to Image Intensifier.


3. Press the laser aimer’s green ON switch to generate the laser beam.
4. Loose the set screw a little inside so that you can adjust the beam by the adjuster.

Set screw

3-36
Installation

5. Adjust the adjusters of the laser until the intersection of the laser beam is in the center circle of
the beam alignment tool. (Use the circle to adjust the line to be vertical with the other and the
screws to adjust the position of the line.)

Circle adjuster

6. Fasten the set screw a little. And the beam position will change a little. Then adjust the beam
again according to step5. Fasten the set screw to fix the beam position and direction. Then install
the laser aimer cover.

7. Functional check: Turn on the laser aimer power switch and verify that the intersection of the
laser beam is in the center circle of the beam alignment tool and the two laser lines are vertical.

3-37
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Laser Aimer on Image Intensifier


Perform the following procedure to install and operate the laser aimer on the Image Intensifier. The C-
arm can be placed in any orientation that is convenient for attaching the laser aimer. There are no
alignment marks or notches on the laser aimer that need to match any points on the image intensifier.
When the laser aimer is attached to the C-arm, releasing the orbital or rotational brake
CAUTION could cause the C-arm to move. Make sure to hold the C-arm to control its movement
whenever a brake is released.
1. Place the laser aimer’s attachment handle in the open position.
2. Move the laser aimer flush with the Image Intensifier, but slightly off center.
3. Center the laser aimer with the relation to the Image Intensifier. As you center the laser aimer, the
attachment hooks catch on the edge of the image intensifier.
4. Turn the attachment handle inward until the handle is completely closed and the laser aimer is
securely attached to the image intensifier. Insert the metal bolt to the hole of the handle to lock.

Do not grasp the Laser Aimer's handle to position the C-arm or to move the system.
CAUTION Pulling the handle may cause the Laser Aimer to release from the image intensifier and
fall.
5. Use the image intensifier handle to position the C-arm or to move the system to the desired location.
6. After attaching the laser aimer, place the C-arm in the position it will be used during the procedure.
7. Turn the laser aimer ON and adjust the beam alignment knobs until the laser beam is centered on
the intersection of the cross-hair on the tube cover.

CAUTION
If the laser is ON, do not look directly into the laser aimer’s aperture.

3-38
Installation

8. Functional check: Using fluoroscopy, verify that the cross-hair in the fluoro image, at the center of the
area of interest.

The location where the laser beam marks the patient corresponds to the center of the
NOTE
area of interest, indicated by the cross-hair in the fluoro image.

Perform procedure below to remove the laser cover from the laser aimer:
1. Switch OFF the power to the laser aimer.
2. Grasp the two knobs on the laser cover.
3. Press down and rotate the cover (approximately 10 degrees counterclockwise) until the knobs align
with the notches on the housing.
4. Lift off the cover and resume laser aimer operation.

3.7.2. Video distributor


Perform the following procedures to install the video distributor.
1. Power off the system. Remove the rear cover of the workstation.
2. Put the video distributor on the backboard. Tighten the four screws to fasten the video distributor.

3. Plug the power supply cable to the socket on video distributor. Cut off the other end of the power
supply cable. Strip off 3 wire ends. Connect the wires to the terminal blocks at the bottom of the
workstation (connect the L line to connector 1, 2 or 3, N line to 6,7 or 8 and the ground line to
earth). Put the power supply cable along the wiring harness to get a good layout.

3-39
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4. Unplug the video cable of left monitor from computer and plug it to the OUTPUT4 connector of
the video distributor.

5. Plug the video cable of video distributor to the computer’s video connector DVI-1, which was
connected with the left monitor’s cable before.

6. Functional check: Power on the system. Check that the left monitor will display GE logo screen.
Plug the left monitor video cable and connect to OUTPUT1 and OUTPUT2 respectively. Verify that
the left monitor will display GE logo screen in each case. Then connect the video cable back to
OUTPUT4 port.

7. Install the rear cover of the workstation.

3-40
Installation

8. Only 2 DVI output connectors are available for customer to use. First loose and remove 3 screws,
and then remove the small cover.

9. Customer can connect the external monitor to OUTPUT1 or OUTPUT2 of video distributor.

OUTPUT2 OUTPUT1

10. When not use the external monitor, install the cover as before.

3-41
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.7.3. Printers
Brivo OEC 850 offers below printers as option.
 UP-990AD Thermal Printer
 UP-D897 Thermal Printer
Please follow below steps to install the printers.
1. Power off the system. Open the rear cover of the workstation.

2. Plug one end of the USB cable to the video port of the printer. Plug the power supply cable into the
socket on the printer. Put the cables through the hole of the workstation. Put the printer in the
cabinet.

3-42
Installation

3. Plug the USB cable into the USB port on computer.

4. Cut off the other end of the power supply cable. Strip off 3 wire ends.

5. Connect the wires to the terminal blocks at the bottom of the workstation (connect the L line (brown)
to connector 1 or 2 or 3, N line (blue) to 6 or 7 or 8 and the ground line (yellow and green) to earth
port. Put the power supply cable along the wiring harness to get a good layout.

Earth port

6. Functional check: Power on the system. Set the switch at back of printer to digital mode. Turn on the
printer. Verify that an image can be printed to the printer and the printer works with both paper and
film.

CAUTION The Video Printer is not fixed in the cabinet. Please pay attention when moving the
WorkStation.
The power and video signal of the View Printer is provided by EVR system. Please do not
connect the power supply and video to other printer. Please do not connect other
WARNING external power supply and video signal to this printer. Otherwise, it may cause electrical
shock to user

3-43
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3.7.4. Film cassette holder


Please follow the steps below to install and remove the cassette holder:
1. Place the cassette holder over the face of the image intensifier with the handle opened out.
2. Rotate the cassette holder handle to securely attach the cassette holder to the image intensifier.

Verify that the cassette holder is securely attached to the image intensifier. Unsecured
WARNING cassette holders may fall, injuring patients or personnel.

3. Insert a film cassette into the cassette holder and center it.

NOTE The cassette holder uses friction to hold the cassette.

Verify that cassette is held securely within the cassette holder. Unsecured film cassettes
WARNING may fall, injuring patients or personnel.
4. Remove the film cassette by pushing the cassette out of the cassette holder.
5. To remove the cassette holder, open the cassette holder handle and press firmly against the side of
the cassette holder.
The cassette holder is designed to snuggle attach to the image intensifier lip when the
NOTE handle is engaged. It may be necessary to strike the cassette holder with the palm of
your hand to dislodge the cassette holder from the image intensifier.

3.7.5. DAP
Perform the following procedure to install the DAP.
The installation and calibration procedure should be done on site even the option is ordered and shipped
with the system.
1. Loose the screws of tube cover and remove the tube cover.
2. Install the three studs on the top plate of collimator.

3-44
Installation

3. Fasten the DAP chamber to the adjustment set. Fasten the chamber set to the three studs with
screws.
4. Place the DAP module on the metal block and tighten the 2 screws as below:

DAP Module

Chamber

5. Use socket to connect DAP cable and cable of chamber.

6. Don’t install the tube cover first. After connected all the cables. Put the circular adjustment tool
on the chamber. Ensure the circles of the iron sheet and DAP chamber are tangent.

7. Adjust precision of the DAP chamber’s position according to the procedure below:
(1) Coarse tuning
Boot up Brivo OEC 850 system. Take exposure at low kV (about 45 kV) in normal fluoro mode.
Image below will display on the screen. Release the screws that secured DAP. Adjust the
adjustable screws of the DAP chamber set until the circular image is on the center of the
screen.

3-45
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Image of the
adjustment tool

(2) Fine tuning (Ensure the iris works normally before this procedure)
Switch to the manual fluoro mode. Take exposure at high or middle kV (about 70kV).
Meanwhile, make the iris in the field and adjust kV value to ensure the edges of the iris and
circular tool are clear enough.
Adjust the screws of the chamber set until the center of the circular image and center of the
iris are superposed. Close the iris to make the image edge of the iris is close to the edge of
circular image. Maintain the center of the circular image and center of the iris are
superposed. The error of the center’s position should not exceed 2mm.

Edge of
circular tool

Edge of the
iris

8. Login the service mode. Click “Exposure management…”button on the main screen. Choose
“enable” item for the DAP option. Save the setting and shut down the system.
9. Screw down the screws that secure the DAP chamber set. Remove the circular adjustment tool.
Install the tube cover.

3-46
Installation

Dose Test and Calibration


Set Dosimeter as accumulative/maintenance. Put the detector of dosimeter on the axis of image
intensifier and focus, 30 cm away from grid center. Clear the dosimeter. Create a new exam on
workstation and ensure the DAP and dose show value on the workstation are cleared.
Set kV/mA value as 110kV/4mA in manual fluoro mode. Open the collimator completely. Take exposure
for 3-5 seconds. Record Dose show value on right monitor and dosimeter measured value. Repeat three
times and get the average of the dose show value on right monitor and the average of measured value
on dosimeter. Calculate the error between show value average and measured value average.

After each test, reset the dosimeter and create a new exam to clear the DAP and dose
NOTE
show value on workstation.

DoseMeasuredvalue  Doseshowvalue
ERROR=  100%
DoseMeasuredvalue
If the error is more than 5%, adjust Dose Calibration Coefficient: Login service tool. Enter “Exposure
Management” screen. Change Dose Calibration Coefficient. Dose/Dose rate show value on the
workstation right monitor is in direct proportion with the calibration coefficient.
Dose Accuracy Test
Install the beam alignment tool on the image intensifier. Put the detector of dosimeter on the axis of
image intensifier and focus, 30 cm away from grid center. Clear the dosimeter. Take exposure at 45kV,
1.5mA and adjust the collimator opening size to settings in the table below by beam alignment tool.
Take exposure at high and lower kV/mA value at each collimator field size in the table for 3-5 seconds.
For each exposure, record the dose display values on the right monitor and measured dose values on
dosimeter before and after exposure. Calculate the difference between the values before exposure and
that after exposure.
The difference between dose value on the right monitor before exposure and the value after exposure is
the Dosevalue(on workstation). The difference between measured dose value on dosimeter before
exposure and the value after exposure is the DoseMeasuredvalue.
Calculate the error between the dose value on workstation and measured value on dosimeter.

DoseMeasuredvalue  Dosevalue(onworkstation)
ERROR=  100%
DoseMeasuredvalue
The error should be less than 30% in every state.
After each test, dosimeter must be cleared. Create new exam to ensure DAP and dose
NOTE show value on workstation be cleared.

3-47
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Dose value Dose measured


on value on
Collimator field size kV/mA workstation Error
dosimeter
(mGy) (mGy)

60kv/1.3mA
45mm-43mm
110kv/4mA
60kv/1.3mA
110-120mm
110kv/4mA
60kv/1.3mA
140-150mm
110kv/4mA
60kv/1.3mA
Largest size
110kv/4mA

NOTE The field size in the form should be measured by BAFT.

3.7.6. Skin Spacer


Install the skin spacer as the following steps:
1. If there isn’t laser aimer on tube, go to step 2 directly. Otherwise, put the skin spacer on the X-ray
tube head. Make sure the skin spacer’s quadrate hole superpose with the hole of tube head cover
as below.

2. Find two screw holes on the skin spacer. Remove the skin spacer and then loose two screws on
the tube head cover, which are corresponding to the two screw holes on skin spacer.
3. Install the skin spacer on the cover and tighten the two screws to secure skin spacer to tube
head cover.

3-48
Installation

3.7.7. Two-pedal Footswitch


Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product provides a two-pedal footswitch as an option.

Plug the cable of two-pedal footswitch to the socket on the right side of the C-Arm interface panel. Verify
that the connector locks in place.

Functional check: Power on the system. Press the left switch to start fluoroscopy in the mode selected.
Press right switch to save an image displayed on the left monitor.

NOTE
After the installation of option parts, please fill in the product locator card for PLC parts
below and mail the cards to local service operation office.

Item Part Number Part Description

1 5364175 ASM, LASERAIMER KIT IN TUBE, EVR


2 5364070 OPTION, DAP DETECTOR KIT,EVR

3-49
Chapter4. Subsystem
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4.1. Power Distribution and Control


Power to main transformer is applied by pressing the Power ON key on the membrane control panel.
Relay JR1 in PDU board energizes, then the relay JR1 and timer circuit in PDU board begin to work. The
transformer will be powered by R1 and R2. After about 1.5 second, the R1 and R2 are shorted by the relay,
which is controlled by timer circuit. The R1 and R2 can resolve the power on surge current problem. Relay
JR1 in PDU board energizes, then the relay JR1 and timer circuit in PDU board begin to work. Pressing the
Power Off key on control panel will power off the equipment.
In interlock loop, the interconnect cable, display board, collimator control board (MP1), MCB, filament
control board (MP4), and PDU Board compose the safety loop. If the interconnect cable between C-Arm
and the Workstation is removed or any PCBs in C-Arm loose from slot due to collision, the relay JR2 will
not be energized so that the system can't be powered on. There is a relay in workstation, which is
powered by PC +12V. The contactor of the relay is connected to power off key, if the PC isn't powered off,
the power off key on C-Arm is open and the system will not be powered off. This function is used to
protect PC from unintended power off.

4-2
Subsystem

To
workstation

IGBT Fan

Boot Up Line Filter AC/DC IGBT


Transformer TUBE

AC220 AC24 Display BD DC24 MP4


(Boot up Section) DC+-15 (Filament Drive)
DC5 Seal BD
Main
Transformer Display BD Membrane
DC15/5
(Display Section) Panel
AC220
DC3.3
DC3.3 Laser Aimer
(Tube)
DC+-15/5 MCB
PDU PS1
Board +-15/ Laser Aimer(I.I)
AC220 AC220 Battery
+5VDC

DC+-15/5 MP1 DC8 Collimator


AC22 DC12
PS2 DAP
+5/+24VDC
DC24 Image
AC24 Intensifier

DC24 CCD
Mother BD CCU
Camera
DC24 X-ray On Indicator
(WKS)
Up/Down
DC 24 Up/Down
Driver
Actuator
Circuit Line 24VDC
DC+-15
Breaker Filter
Drive
Transformer
Mul Volt.
KV Control BD

Power Distribution_Mainframe

4-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

AC220
Monitor1

AC220
Monitor2

J3
PC
Display adapter
DC+-12/5
PC Frame Grabber
AC220 ATX PS
AC220 AC220 AC220
Interconnect Line UPS Main BD
Cable Filter

SATA HD USB
UPS
Control BD
DC+-12/5 DVD-RW

DC12 Protection
Relay

AC220
Video distributor

AC220 USB Printer


(not including
DICOM Printer)

DC24 X-Ray
indicator

Power Distribution_Workstation

4-4
Subsystem

4.2. MCB
The MCB (Mainframe Control Board) is located in C-Arm mainframe and is the main control unit in
mainframe. It is responsible for five functions.
- X-ray control: KV, mA and exposure control interfacing with collimator board, filament board, and KV
control board
- Image chain control: control CCU and image intensifier
- User interface: key input and LED display interfacing with display board
- System monitor: check various error and warning
- Communication with workstation
The structure of MCB interface is illustrated in the following diagram.

4-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

For detailed circuit schematics of MCB, please refer to Appendix. MCB consists of 10 function blocks,
which are illuminated as follows.

MCB functional Block


MCU function
- Read the registers of peripheral controller to get the status of sub-systems, such as getting
the alarm status, etc.
- Write the registers of peripheral controller to control the status of sub-systems, such as PIO
(Programmable Input Output), light indicator, buzzer, etc.
- Sample watchdog bite signal from supervisor circuit to check peripheral is still working
- Check all switch signals to respond user’s input
- Control power down sequence
- Communicate with Control Panel board to get the key input and control the LED output
- A/D convert all analog signal, such as shutter location, temperature of oil tank, mA feedback,
KV feedback, IBS, etc.
- Communicate with DAC to control mA and KV output
- Communication with Workstation
- Communication with DAP
- Communication with peripheral controller to report the working status of MCU

4-6
Subsystem

 Peripheral controller function


- Sample the status of input pins, and record them into status registers polled by MCU
- Set output pins according to the control registers accessed by MCU
- Generate interrupt signal of alarm to MCU in order to request the processing
- Generate exposure control signals
- Check switch stuck error
- Control mAS control signals
 Operational amplifier circuit function
- Amplify or adjust input analog signals, such as kV feedback, mA feedback, temperature,
shutter location sample signal, and output those signals to the ADC unit (Analog Digital
Converter)
- Amplify or adjust analog signals output from DAC (Digital Analog Converter), such as kV
setting, mA setting, mA preheat, and output those signals to other sub-systems
- mA PI control
 Transceiver
- Transceiver circuit is responsible for regulating voltage level and supplying driving current.
 Optical coupling
- Optical coupling circuit is responsible for changing voltage level and isolating the ground of
circuit at each sides of optical coupler.
 DAC
- DAC (Digital Analog Converter) circuit is responsible for output analog signal, such as KV
setting, mA setting and mA preheat.
 VFC
- VFC (Voltage Frequency Converter) circuit is responsible for converting mA signal to
frequency value in order to implement mAs function.
 Communication
- RS485 protocol is used for MCU to communicate with workstation or DAP.
- SPI protocol is used for MCU to communicate with Control Panel.
 Indication
- Indication circuit includes LED and buzzer, which are controlled by MCU and peripheral
controller.
 Miscellaneous hardware
- Other circuits include power supply, supervisor circuit, watchdog circuit, clock generator, and
security control, etc.

4-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

The external physical interfaces of MCB are defined in the table below:
Connector Name Type Gender Description
J1 MCB digital DN41612 C Pin All digital signals from/to other sub-system, such as
signal connector Type Male collimator board, filament board, sealing board, CCU, KV
control board etc.
J2 MCB analog DN41612 Half Pin All analog signals from/to other sub-system, such as
signal connector C Type Male collimator board, filament board, sealing board, CCU, KV
control board etc.

LED list:
Reference Name Description
DAP_Y & DAP_Z. D20 on MCB lights normally, and flickers in
D20 DAPR communication
XRAYOFF & ON & COMMON. D22 lights when "XRAYOFF" & turns off
D22 KON when "ON"
POWER_SECURITY_A. D24 on MCB lights normally, and turns off in
D24 PSCRT error
POWER_OFF_COMMAND & POWER_OFF_RETURN. D26 turns off
D26 POFF normally on MCB
HAND_SWITCH & HAND_SECURITY & REF_HAND_SWT. D28 turns
D28 HAND off when press
D29 SIMO SPI_SIMO. D29 flickers on MCB
THERMAL_SWTICH_A & THERMAL_SWITCH_B.D30 on MCB lights
D30 THM normally, and turns off in overheat error
D31 lights when handswitch or footswitch security line takes effect
D31 SAFE
DAP_A & DAP_B. D33 on MCB turns off normally, and flickers in
D33 DAPT communication
D34 37K 37.5KHZ. D34 is flickering on MCB when 37.5KHZ is available
WK_A & WK_B. D35 on MCB turns off normally, and flickers in
D35 WKT communication
D36 MCU D36 flickers when MCU work well
D37 SOMI SPI_SOMI. D37 flickers on MCB
FRAME_SYNCH. D38 is flickering on MCB when FRAME_SYNCH is
D38 FSYN available
D39 1200 1200HZ. D39 is flickering on MCB when 1200HZ is available
FOOT_SWITCH & FOOT_SECURITY & REF_FOOT_SWT. D41 turns off
D41 FOOT when press
EMERGENCY_SWT & REF_EMERGENCY_SWT. D43 turns off when
D43 EKEY press

4-8
Subsystem

DB_INT. D44 lights on MCB when pressing button of control panel


D44 INT
WK_Y & WK_Z. D45 on MCB lights normally, and flickers in
D45 WKR communication
D46 EXPR D46 lights when EXPOSURE command is sent out
D59 3V3 Light lights when +3.3V is available
D60 +15 Light lights when +15V is available
D61 +5 Light lights when +5V is available
D62 -15 Light lights when -15V is available
D66 +24 Light lights when +24V is available

Test point:
Reference Name Description
TP1 GND Ground
TP2 IBS Image Brightness Signal
TP3 KVC KV control signal to Filament board
TP4 KV-CLB KV control signal used to calibrate mA feedback
TP5 KVO KV control signal to KV control board
TP6 MA+ mA feedback signal without KV calibration
TP7 MA-SMP mA sample signal with KV calibration
TP8 MA-SET mA setting signal
TP9 PREHEAT mA preheat signal
TP10 MAC mA control signal to Filament board
TP11 PI Output of proportional & integral circuit
TP12 MA-A mA control signal without PREHEAT
TP13 PULSE mAS control signal
TP14 MAS mAS pulse signal
TP15 MA-FB mA feedback signal
TP16 IBSOFF IBS offset setting
TP17 MA-OFF mA control signal offset setting

4-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

POT:
Reference Name Description
POT1 IBS IBS offset
POT2 MAS mAS signal gain
POT4 MA-OFF mA control signal offset
POT5 MA-GAIN mA control signal gain
POT6 KV KV control signal gain
POT7 MA-FB mA feedback gain

4.3. Display Board


Display board and membrane kit compose a whole control panel of C-Arm. Control panel receives user
input command and sends signal to MCB, PDU and motor drive board. For detailed circuit schematics of
display board, please refer to Appendix.

PWR_ON UP/DOWN
Membrane ControlB
KV_UP mA_DOWN

DX1~DX4 DX7 PDU


Display Board
DX6 DX8 Motor Driver

MX1

SPI MCB

Mother Board

Signal from MCB to display board:


Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
SPI_CLK Clock of SPI bus Digital 0/+15V
SPI_SIMO Data from master to Digital 0/+15V
slave
SPI_/CS1 Chip select 1 for Digital 0/+15V 0V=enable
MAX9654

4-10
Subsystem

SPI_/CS2 Chip select 2 for Digital 0/+15V 0V=enable


MAX7301
YELLOW_LED Enable signal for Digital 0/+15V +15V=enable
exposure LED on
Control Panel
POWER_OFF_COMMAND One termination of Passive - POWER_OFF_COMMAND &
power off relay POWER_OFF_RETURN
connected means power off
POWER_OFF_RETURN The other termination Passive -
command
of power off relay

Signal from display board to MCB:


Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
SPI_SOMI Data from slave to master Digital 0/24V
DB_INT Interrupt of Display Board Digital 0/24V 0V=enable

4.4. kV control and IGBT assembly


X-ray generator structure is illustrated in below diagram. For detailed circuit schematics of kV control
and IGBT board, please refer to Appendix. It mainly consists of two parts: inverter and monoblock. The
inverter consists of rectifier bridge, DC bus capacitor, driver power transformer, kV control board, IGBT
inverter board. This section only involves inverter. The detailed information of monoblock will be
introduced in section 4.3.5.

AC Main Rectifier DC bus


transformer bridge capacitor Generator

24V Driver power L, C


transformer filter

IGBT
kV control
MCB inverter Monoblock
board
board

Mother board

4-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

The inverter provides 40kHz AC power to monoblock. It can control kV value to follow the kV set value.
There are two parts in the inverter: power converter and controller.
Power converter consists of 1 AC-DC converter and 1 DC-AC converter. AC-DC converter includes rectifier
bridge D and DC bus capacitor C1, C2. DC-AC converter includes fuse F, IGBT devices Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 and
resonant inductor L and resonant capacitor C. Power converter input AC 220V voltage and output 40kHz
variable voltage to monoblock. The serial resonant frequency of L and C is nearly 40kHz.
AC-DC DC-AC
F
Q1 Q3
D C1 C2 L C
AC
AC
Q2 Q4

The controller mainly consists of kV control board and driver power transformer. The power transformer
provides 4 channel isolation powers to kV control board. Every channel output voltage is 20V AC.
The kV control board will provide the following function and performance.
 Send out 4 channel PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal for IGBT inverter board
 Provide insulated driver signal for IGBT
 KV feedback control circuit
 KV feedback value output
 Exposure control
 KV value set
Protect circuit and error signal output
Signals from MCB to KV control board are listed as follows.
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
SAFETY_EN Safety line for Digital 0/+15V +15V=enable
EXPOSURE_COMMAND
0V=disable
EXPOSURE_COMMAND Exposure command Digital 0/+15V +15V=enable
0V=disable
KV_SET_INPUT KV set value to KV control board Analog 0-6V Unit is 20KV/V
Signals from KV control board to MCB are listed as follows.
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
KV_LOW_ALM KV too low alarm, lower than 35KV Digital 0/+15V 0V=alarm
KV_HIGH_ALM KV too High alarm, higher than Digital 0/+15V 0V=alarm
120KV
OVERCURRENT_ALM Inverter over current alarm Digital 0/+15V 0V=alarm

4-12
Subsystem

IGBT_ERROR_ALM IGBT error alarm Digital 0/+15V 0V=alarm


DC_ERROR_ALM DC Power Bus Error alarm Digital 0/+15V 0V=alarm
KV_UNBALANCE_ALM KV unbalance in two bridges of Digital 0/+15V 0V=alarm
inverter.
KV_FEEDBACK_OUTPUT KV sample value from KV control Analog 0-6V Unit
board 20KV/V

4-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4.5. Filament Control Board


Filament control board (MP4) can be separated to two parts simply, one is power unit and other is control
unit. The power unit offers the energy to the filament transformer primary coil and the control unit
control the energy input to the transformer by control the output voltage of the power unit. For detailed
circuit schematics of filament control board, please refer to Appendix.
In the power unit, the DC 24V is fed through two parallel power transistors V6 & V7 and drives the push-
pull complementary amplifier consisting of V8, V9, V10 and V11. The V6, V7, V13 and V12 are used to
adjust the voltage of the filament transformer primary. A 600Hz pulse as the V8, V9, V10 and V11 drive
signal is from MCB. V1, V4, R4 and R12 compose over current protecting circuit. When the current
through R4//R12 is too big, a signal will lock then trigger the alarm module.
In the control unit, A3A acts as an analog adder and drivers the V13 and V12 through A3B. Adjusting
POT1 may control the filament base heating current.
In Fluoroscopy mode, gate A4B is on, and MAC is fed to A3A. MAC is the Fluoro mA reference signal and
controls the tube current in Fluoro mode.
In the system, the Radiography current is constant 20mA. If the Radiography mode been selected, IDRG-
HC is active, gate A4B is off, gate D5C is on, a 10V voltage inputs to A3A positive port for Radiography
preheating.
When the exposure commend signal “EXPRCM-HC” is effective, gate A4D & D5D are on. A 10V voltage
adds to A3B for Radiography quick heating and KVC signal adds to the negative port of A3B through
amplifier A2B for KV compensation.
The relay K1 is used to select the small focal spot of the X-ray tube in Fluoro and the large focal spot in
Radiography In the Radiography mode, IDRG is high, K1 is active, and the large focal spot works.
Signals from filament control board to MCB:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
FILAL-HC Over current alarm of +24V power Digital 0/+15V +15V=alarm
supply in filament board
Signals from MCB to filament control board:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
EXPRCM-HC Exposure command in Digital 0/+15V +15V=enable
radiographic function
ALRSCM-HC System general alarm Digital 0/+15V +15V=alarm
Trigger by anyone of several alarms
IDRG-HC_1 Radiographic function Digital 0/+15V +15V=enable
selected
GENRESHC Generator reset signal Digital 0/+15V +15V=enable
during system boot up
Persist High for 300mS
approximately after power on

4-14
Subsystem

1200Hz Clock of filament board Digital 0/+15V Used for filament drive signal
(600Hz) generation
MAC Fluoro mA control Analog 3.0- -
signal 5.0V
KVC KV control signal Analog 4-12V Unit V/10KV

4.6. Monoblock
Monoblock can generate X-ray. It mainly consists of high voltage generator and tube insert. All high
voltage components are put into oil box, which can enhance the insulation performance.
Monoblock generates 110kV inside the oil tank. The input voltage changes from 0V to 240V peak value.
High voltage is got from high frequency and high voltage transformer T1. The primary coil is 10T and the
secondary coil is 2500T. So the maximum voltage of secondary side is 60kV peak value at 40kHz.
T1

D1 C1 R1
+kV
D2 C2 R2

{
kV -mA
Inverter Tube
R3
D3 C3
-kV
R4
D4 C4

T2

{
filament
Inverter T3

Monoblock Schematic Diagram


High voltage circuit comprises rectifier circuit and voltage doubler. High voltage circuit composes of high
voltage diode D1-D4, high voltage capacitor C1-C4. If output voltage from T1 is 60kV peak value the high
voltage circuit output 120kV to the tube.
The controller needs to get kV value and mA value from monoblock. KV sense circuit comprises high
voltage resistor R1, R4 and sense resistor R2, R3. The high voltage resistor value is 400M ohm, sense
resistor is 20k ohm If the voltage on the tube is 120kV the +kV output 3V and –kV output –3V. mA value is
measured by serial resistor between –mA and ground. So the mA voltage value is negative.

4-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

The tube is used to generate X-ray. This tube is a kind of double focus with fixed copper anode tube. It is
suitable for oil insulation generator.
Analog signals KV_GND and MA_CAT of sealing board are the anode and cathode of mA current signal
respectively.
There are two temperature measurement circuits in sealing board. One’s output is analog signal
OIL_TEMP.

The other’s output is connected/open status between THERMAL_SWITCH_A and THERMAL_SWITCH_B. If


the temperature of oil tank is higher than a preset threshold, the relationship between
THERMAL_SWITCH_A and THERMAL_SWITCH_B changes from connected to open.
Signals from sealing board to MCB:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
OIL_TEMP Output voltage of Analog 0-5V -
temperature sensor
OIL_TEMP_GND Reference of OIL_TEMP Ground 0V -

THERMAL_SWITCH_A One termination of Passive - THERMAL_SWITCH_A &


temperature switch THERMAL_SWITCH_B
connected means that
temperature is lower than
threshold.
THERMAL_SWITCH_A &
THERMAL_SWITCH_B
disconnected means that
temperature is higher than
threshold.
THERMAL_SWITCH_B The other termination of Passive -
temperature switch
MA_CAT The cathode of mA sample Analog - -

KV_GND The anode of mA sample Analog - -

Technical Specifications:
Nominal high voltage 110 kV
Nominal input power 2.2 kW
Maximum anode heat content 53 kJ
Target material Tungsten
Target angle 10°
Small focal spot 0.6×1.4 mm
Large focal spot 1.4 mm
Filtration equiv. 0.55 mm Al

4-16
Subsystem

Anode Stationary
Typical filament specification 4.2 V, 3.5A
Maximum filament current 4.6A
Weight 0.65 kg
Nominal heat capacity 76kHU

4.7. X-ray/key Switches and Emergency Switch


Key switch is used to control the unauthorized usage of X-ray exposure and vertical lift motor.
Signals from Key switch to MCB:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
XRAYOFF The termination which Passive Open/Close XRAYOFF & COMMON is
indicates lift column connected means XRAYOFF
enable and x-ray switch has pressed, which
disable represents lift column function
has been selected and exposure
enable has not been selected.
ON The termination which Passive Open/Close ON & COMMON is connected
indicates lift column means ON switch has pressed,
and x-ray are both which represent both lift column
enable and exposure enable function
have been selected.
COMMON Common termination Passive - -

X-rays can be enabled via the footswitch or the handswitch. Signals from footswitch and handswitch to
MCB are listed in the following charts. Detailed interconnect information, please refer to chapter 2.3.
Signals from handswitch to MCB:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
HAND_SWITCH Hand switch Passive Open/Close HAND_SWITCH &
termination REF_HAND_SWT is
connected means
HAND_SWITCH has pressed
HAND_SECURITY Hand security Passive Open/Close HAND_SECURITY &
termination REF_HAND_SWT is
connected means
HAND_SECURITY has
pressed
REF_HAND_SWT Common termination Passive - -

4-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Signals from Footswitch to MCB:


Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
FOOT-SWITCH Foot switch Passive Open/Close FOOT_SWITCH & REF_FOOT_SWT is
termination connected means FOOT_SWITCH
has pressed
FOOT-SECURITY Foot security Passive Open/Close FOOT_SECURITY & REF_FOOT_SWT
termination is connected means
FOOT_SECURITY has pressed
REF_FOOT_SWT Common Passive - -
termination
RESERVE_SWT Reserved foot Passive Open/Close RESERVE_SWT & REF_FOOT_SWT is
switch connected means RESERVE_SWT
termination has pressed
RESERVE_SECURITY Reserved foot Passive Open/Close RESERVE_SECURITY &
security REF_FOOT_SWT is connected
termination means RESERVE_SECURITY has
pressed
Emergency switch, located on the control panel of C-arm mainframe, stops all motorized motion
immediately, interrupts any X-rays in progress, and prevents further X-rays until you reset the system. At
any time, if the emergency switch is pushed down, the X-ray exposure shall be stopped immediately.
System shall trigger the related error message.
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
EMERGENCY_SWT One termination Passive Open/Close EMERGENCY_SWT &
of Emergency REF_EMERGENCY_SWT is connected
switch1 means EMERGENCY_SWT has pressed
REF_ The other Passive - -
EMERGENCY_SWT termination of
Emergency
switch1
EMERGENCY_SWT2 One termination Passive Open/Close EMERGENCY_SWT2 &
of Emergency REF_EMERGENCY_SWT2 is connected
switch2 means EMERGENCY_SWT2 has pressed
REF_ The other Passive - -
EMERGENCY_SWT2 termination of
Emergency
switch2

4-18
Subsystem

4.8. Image Chain

4.8.1. Overview
The following diagram the image chain pipeline of Brivo850.

X-ray X-ray
X-ray Detection Image Acquisition Image Processing Image Display
Generation Collimator

Analog Analog Realtime


Video Digital Video IP Digital
X-ray X-rays Collimat X-rays X-rays Light Camera Video Frame CPU & Image Left display
Grid I.I CCU
Gen or head grabber display 19" LCD
board

VLI (kV+)

Exposure
(kV, mA)
Manage Exposure
ABS Servo Manage

Collimator collimates the X-ray beam to the appropriate field size and user’s setting. The x-ray beam
passes through Grid to reduce scattered X-ray photons. Image Intensifier converts this X-ray into lights
for each field size selection, and sends the light to CCD Camera head. CCD Camera head captures the
light image and sends the analog video to CCU. The CCU performs preliminary image processing, and
outputs analog signal to Frame Grabber Card. Frame Grabber card in the workstation reads the analog
signal, register into digital video, and the CPU performs real-time post-processing (Brightness, Contrast,
Edge Enhance, Zoom, and Negate) to be sent to image display. CCU also analyzes the analog input signal,
and outputs an indicator kv+ to MCB; higher kv+ when the X-ray dose is higher than desired, and lower
kv+ when the X-ray dose is lower than desired. With AutoTechnique enabled, MCB S/W converts this
signal into digital signal, and send command to X-ray Generator to increase or decrease kVp/mA
depending on the kv+ value.

4.8.2. Collimator Control


The collimator is an electromechanical assembly designed to allow the operator to restrict the size and
shape of the X-ray beam. The unit has a lead iris and shutters and is mounted directly over the X-ray
tube beam aperture. The collimator use three independent motors to control the following degrees of
freedom:
 The diameter of the iris aperture
 The gap spacing between the semi-transparent copper leaves
 The rotational position/orientation of the copper leaves
Collimator specification:
 Length×Width×Height: 290 mm×120 mm×100 mm
 Weight: 2kg

4-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

 8 leafs Motorized iris collimator


 Shutter rotate angle: 180 degree
The collimator is controlled by control panel through MCB and collimator control board (MP1).
The function of the collimator control board is to control the iris and the Semi-transparent leaves of
collimator. The circuit of MP1 is in Appendix. Motor M1 opens or closes the shutter. Depressing the switch
“OPEN” or “CLOSE” on the console panel energizes the motor drives the petals for desired width.
Analog signals (SWPO, SRPO, FSPO and VREF), which are transmitted from MP1 to MCB, show the location
information of iris. They are amplified by operational amplifier circuit, and then sampled by ADC circuit of
MCU. The output control signal of MCB is transmitted to MP1 through optical couple circuit. LEFT, RIGHT,
OPEN, CLOSE, IRD and IRI are control command from control panel. F1 and F2 are three-horizon control
of image intensifier. IDRG-HC is exposure control command.
Signals from MCB to MP1:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment

Right Shutter turn clockwise Digital 0V/open 0V=enable, Mutex


signals, which
Left Shutter turn counter-clockwise Digital 0V/open means those two
signals should not
enable at the
same time.
Open Shutter open Digital 0V/open 0V=enable

Close Shutter close Digital 0V/open Mutex signals

IRD Iris close Digital 0V/open 0V=enable

IRI Iris open Digital 0V/open Mutex signals

F1 The LSB (Least Significant Bit) of Digital 0V/+15V “F2F1”=”00”


three fields code, which indicates means that MAG
the MAG size. size set to 9’’
“F2F1”=”01”
means that MAG
size set to 4.5’’
F2 The MSB (Most Significant Bit) of Digital 0V/+15V “F2F1”=”10”
three fields code means that MAG
size set to 6’’
“F2F1”=”11” is
invalidation
37.5Hz Clock of MP1 Digital 0V/+15V The clock doesn’t
need a precise
frequency
IDRG-HC_2 Radiographic function selected Digital 0V/+15V +15V=enable

4-20
Subsystem

Signals from MP1 to MCB are listed as follows.


Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
FSPO Feedback voltage from Iris position rheostat. Analog 0- Reserved for pre-
5.6V view
SRPO Feedback voltage from shutter rotation position Analog 0- Reserved for pre-
rheostat. 5.6V view
SWPO Feedback voltage from shutter width position Analog 0- Reserved for pre-
rheostat. 5.6V view

4.8.3. Image Intensifier


Parameter Code Description Setup Criteria
Image tube size A Adjust the imaging field size Meet imaging field size requirement

Image tube focus B&C Adjust the image tube focusing Meet spatial resolution requirement

The code position can refer to the following Fig of I.I power supply:

4-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4.8.4. CCD/CCU

N30_PWR20
NDR_ADV0

1 1
J8
2 2 1 23
3 3 J7
J5 J6 1 23

R61 R52 R47 R48

J4

R101 R100 R84 R79 R106

Parameter CODE DESCRIPTION Setup Criteria


SHADING It is used to enable shading regulations
J4 J4 ON: position 1-2
ENABLE (J4 ON: position 1-2, J4 OFF: position 2-3)
It is used to enable the Auto White Level.
AUTO WTH J5 J5 OFF: position 2-3
(J5 ON: position 1-2, J5 OFF: position 2-3)
It is used to enable the Auto black Level.
AUTO BLK J6 J6 OFF: position 2-3
(J6 ON: position 1-2, J6 OFF: position 2-3)

4-22
Subsystem

Controls the KV control modality. J7: position 2-3


KV CONTROL
J7-J8
MODALITY (J7-J8 UP/DOWN mode: position 1-2, J7-J8 J8: position 2-3
ANALOG mode: position 2-3)
SHADING Adjust to get uniform
R61-R52- Set the shading gain to compensate picture
image with 1mm copper
(VS-VP-HS-HP) R47-R48 non-uniformity because of Image Intensifier.
on the tube.
Increase or decrease the sensibility of the
AUTO KV automatic KV control. This feature is very useful Anti-clockwise maximum
R106
WINDOW in according to adapt the CCD camera N33 for limit (all the way to the left)
any kind of X-ray generator
Ad just black level pedestal (BOTTOM BLACK).
BLACK LEVEL R101 Regulate the pedestal to 30mV respect 20~30mV
referring video level
AUTO KV Adjust to get –80~0mV
R79 Set the value of AUTO KV
LEVEL when there is no x-ray
Adjust iris to get
3.8~4.2mR/min of dose
On
Adjust Iris open/close position to balance rate at the II using the
IRIS camera
image brightness and X-ray dose. stable technique in the ABS
head
mode with 2mm Copper
filter on the tube.
On
Meet limiting resolution
FOCUS camera Adjust the camera focusing
requirement
head

CCU Connector Legend

DB9
V4 V3

CH
CH
A
B
24V
DB25

Name Description
CHA Output video channel A
CHB Output video channel B
V3 Sync output
V4 Output video scan conversion (option)
DB9 CCD head connector (FEMALE)
DB25 Commands interface connector (FEMALE)
24V Power Supply 24Vdc

4-23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

CCD Head Connector DB9 Legend

Command Description

9
ND2 (PIN 1) Motor 2
Vcc (PIN 6) Power Supply 24Vcc
ND1 (PIN 2) Motor 1
ROT (PIN 7) Rotation
1

5
SCAN (PIN 3) Head test
SYNC (PIN 4) Sync signal
VIDEO (PIN 5) Video signal
Vcc +24Vdc

VIDEO
SCAN

SYNC
ROT
ND1
ND2
(SOLDERING VIEW)
FEMALE

5
3
7

9
6

4-24
Subsystem

CCU Connector DB25 Legend

1
+KV
14
GND
2
-KV 15

ROT
3
ND FILTER 16

4
ROT
AUTO OFF
17
5 HALF GAIN
NOT USED
18
6
NOT USED
NOT USED
19
7
NOT USED
NOT USED
20
8
NOT USED
ROI
21
9
DRF
INVH
22
10
FREEZE-A INVV

23
11
FREEZE-B
LIH
24
12
X16 FILTER X4 FILTER

25
13
X0 FILTER
X8 FILTER

4-25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

NAME SIGNAL PIN DESCRIPTION


GND IN 14 GROUND REF.
AUTOMATIC WHITE LEVEL.
AUTO
LEVEL ON
IN 4 OPEN: ON
GND: OFF

WITH JUMPER J7 AND J8 OUT= 0V IF DOSE IS CORRECT OR TOO HIGH.


-KV OUT 2 IN UP/DOWN MODE OUT= +18V IF DOSE IS TOO LOW.

WITH JUMPER J7 AND J8 OUT= 0V IF DOSE IS CORRECT OR TOO LOW.


+KV OUT 1 IN UP/DOWN MODE OUT= +18V IF DOSE IS TOO HIGH.

WITH JUMPER IN ANALOG OUT = 11V IF DOSE IS LOW.


-KV OUT 2 KV CONTROLL. OUT = 0V IF DOSE IS HIGH.
OUT= 11÷0V. OUT = 5V IF DOSE IS CORRECT.

WITH JUMPER IN ANALOG OUT = 0V IF DOSE IS LOW.


+KV OUT 1 KV CONTROLL. OUT = 11V IF DOSE IS HIGH.
OUT= 0V÷11V. OUT = 5V IF DOSE IS CORRECT.
REGION OF INTEREST OF KV AUTO CONTROL
OPEN: BIG AREA (Circular shape. Diameter is 750±10 pixels, at the image center)
ROI IN 8
GND: SMALL AREA (Circular shape. Diameter is 475±10 pixels, at the image center)
PIN 25+ PIN 13 to GND: Show ROI

OPEN: NO NEUTRAL DENSITY FILTER


ND FILTER IN 3 GND: NEUTRAL DENSITY FILTER
Currently Not Used.
GND: CLOCK WISE ROTATION. PIN 15 + PIN 16 TO GND then OPEN: RESET
ROT IN 15 ROTATION

ROT IN 16 GND: ANTI CLOCK WISE ROTATION. PIN 15 + PIN 16 TO GND then OPEN:
RESET ROTATION
OPEN: LIVE IMAGE
LIH IN 11
GND: LAST IMAGE HOLD
OPEN: DYNAMIC RECURSIVE FILTER
DRF IN 21
GND: STANDARD RECURSIVE FILTER
X0, X4, X8, X16 FILTERS
NOISE FILTER = 2
ALL OPEN
X0 and X4 to GND DISABLE CIRCULAR MASK
X0 FILTER IN 25 GND: NOISE FILTER = 0

X4 FILTER IN 24 GND: NOISE FILTER = 4

X8 FILTER IN 13 GND: NOISE FILTER = 8


X16
FILTER
IN 12 GND: NOISE FILTER = 16

4-26
Subsystem

INVH OPEN: REAL IMAGE


IN 9
HOR. INV. GND: HORIZONTAL IMAGE INVERSION
INVV OPEN: REAL IMAGE
IN 22
VERT. INV. GND: VERTICAL IMAGE INVERSION
OPEN: LIVE IMAGE
FREEZE-A IN 10
GND: FREEZE THE IMAGE IN VIDEO A
OPEN: LIVE IMAGE
FREEZE-B IN 23
GND: FREEZE THE IMAGE IN VIDEO B
HALF GAIN INPUT (When it is present +5Vcc the gain of the CCD camera is reduced to
HALF GAIN IN 17 half)

4.8.5. Image Grabber Card


Specification:
Specification
A/D conversion 10 bits
Brightness/Contrast Has
(offset/gain) control
Pixel jitter 0.5ns
Acquisition video: Has
1049lines /60Hz
Support Linux OS Support

Setup points: No setup points available.

4.8.6. Monitor
Parameter Code Description Setup Criteria
Brightness N/A Image display brightness: Default: 500
500/600/700
Display curve N/A Image display curve: DICOM/CIE/ Default: Gamma2.2
Gamma1.8/Gamma2.0/Gamma2.2

4-27
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4.9. Computer and Peripheral

4.9.1. Computer
The computer mounted in the workstation takes over most of the communication with external devices
and is the main device of workstation. The computer runs Linux system working with image grabber card
and display card.
The computer contains two memory banks (each one is 1GB) and two hard disks (each one is 250GB)
with standard 3.5’ SATA interface. The partitioned SATA hard drive contains Linux system and system
software. The Serial ATA interface provides several advantages over the traditional (parallel) ATA
interface. The primary advantages include:
 Easy installation and configuration with true plug-and-play connectivity. It is not necessary to set
any jumpers or other configuration options.
 Thinner and more flexible cabling for improved enclosure airflow and ease of installation.
 Scalability to higher performance levels.
The Ethernet port can be used to connect DICOM printer. The system operator can use the Ethernet
connector to interface the workstation to a DICOM server through the facility’s computer network. Once
the Workstation is connected to the network, the operator can query the local server to determine if the
desired images are available for download, and then download selected images to the Workstation. The
Workstation can also upload images over the same network connection. Detailed instructions on DICOM
operation are available in the Operator Manual.
Signals from MCB to workstation:
Name Description Attribution Scale
Wk_Y One of two differential signals from MCB to Workstation Differential signal 1.5-5V
Wk_Z The other one of two differential signals from MCB to workstation Differential signal 1.5-5V
Signals from workstation to MCB:
Name Description Attribution Scale Comment
Wk_A One of two differential Differential 1.5-5v
signals from workstation to signal
MCB
Wk_B The other one of two Differential 1.5-5v
differential signals from signal
workstation to MCB

4-28
Subsystem

POWER_SECURITY_A One termination of relay Passive - POWER_SECURITY_A &


which indicates whether POWER_SECURITY_B
power of workstation is connected means that
on/off workstation is powered on
POWER_SECURITY_A &
POWER_SECURITY_B
disconnected means that
workstation is powered off
POWER_SECURITY_B The other termination of Passive -
relay which indicates
whether power of
workstation is on/off

4.9.2. DVD and USB


A CD/DVD RW drive that archives images runs to disk and is also used to update workstation software.
The DVD RW drive is SATA interface and supports the following writing medias:
 DVD+R media.
 DVD+RW
 DVD-R
 DVD-RW
 CD-R
 CD-RW
The drive doesn’t have CD-DA audio circuitry. The drive unit accepts a standard CD or DVD disc using a
powered tray for both loading and unloading. This drive unit has an optical pickup head, servo
electronics to maintain correct focus, tracking. feed position, radial tilt and spindle speed, analog
electronics to recover conventional CD-DA audio stereo sound, digital electronics to recover the recorded
data and provide error correction in Mode 1 and Mode 2 Form 1 to the maximum capabilities of the CD-
ROM ECC, and a Serial ATA interface to the host computer.
The DVD is mounted in the front of workstation and connected to computer chassis backplane with a
SATA interface and power cable.
As the interconnect diagram in chapter2.3 shows, the computer provides 4 USB 2.0 ports. USB1 supports
the USB printer. USB3 connects to external USB port, which can be used to support external USB device.
The remaining 2 USB ports are spare. Each USB device is hot swappable, meaning you can plug it in or
disconnect it at any time.

4-29
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

4.9.3. Keyboard and Mouse


The keyboard contains a simple switch matrix for alphanumeric data. The keyboard connects to
computer though PS2 interface. The following illustration shows the workstation keyboard.

The mouse is an ambidextrous three-button optical wheel mouse that plugs into a PS2 port.

4-30
Chapter5. Calibration
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.1. Overview
The Calibration described herein should be performed each time you replace a major system component.
Perform these tests in sequence that appears in this section if necessary.
The following tools and test equipment are required to complete the calibration.
Standard Tool
Item Tool
1 Oscilloscope Tektronix 2236 or equivalent
2 Multimeter or equivalent
3 Spatial Resolution Tool
4 Lead Apron
5 kV meter
6 Dosimeter
7 Ampere meter or equivalent
8 Ruler longer than 12 inches (30cm)
9 Erasable marker (whiteboard marker)
10 mAs meter
11 Precision flat head screwdriver (3mm or less) to adjust camera iris, focus
12 Transparent adhesive tape, with cutter (or need scissor or knife to cut the tape)
Special Tool
Item Tool GE part number
1 Three copper sheets, each 1mm thick 00-877682-01
2 9-inch BAFT Tool 00-878105-02
3 PWA, MCB extend board, EVR 5326478

The system will produce X-Rays when implementing the following procedures. Take
WARNING appropriate measures and precautions to protect yourself and others from X-Ray
exposure.
You must obey the following steps to guarantee the safe operation of the C-Arm. Improper
CAUTION adjustment may cause premature failure of major system components.

If the generator has not been powered for more than 3 months, perform the generator
CAUTION warm procedure in section 5.5.

5-2
Calibration

5.2. kV Measurement and Adjustment

5.2.1. kV Measurement and Accuracy Check


The X-ray generator is composed of high voltage transformer, high voltage rectifier and X-ray tube in one
pressurized oil tank. kV value can be measured by kV meter. Position the kV meter in the center of the X-
ray beam 30 cm above the focal spot.
Take exposure at kV values below in manual normal fluoro mode. The error should be within ±5%
ranges (meter accuracy is not less than ±2%.). Otherwise, perform the kV adjustment procedure in
section 5.2.2 until all the kV values meet the requirement above.
Exposure mode kVp value Minimum (kVp) Maximum (kVp)
Normal Fluoro 66kVp 62.7 69.3
99 kVp 94.05 103.95
110 kVp 104.5 115.5
Digital Spot 66 kVp 62.7 69.3
99 kVp 94.05 103.95
110 kVp 104.5 115.5
Radiography 55 kVp (1mAs) 52.25 57.75
55 kVp (2mAs) 52.25 57.75
110 kVp (2mAs) 104.5 115.5

5-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.2.2. kV Adjustment
1. Remove the C-arm console cover. Check the connection of IGBT board cables.
2. Remove the cover of PCB box. Extend MCB board with MCB extend board. Remove the J46
jumper on MCB extend board. Connect the probes of ampere meter to TP222(+) and TP210(-) on
MCB extend board.
3. Power on the system. Check that DS9, DS10 and DS3 indicators on kV control board light.
4. Hold down Ctrl +Shift+Alt key and press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly and quickly to invoke the service
tool. Login service tool with password and click “Exposure management” button. Click
“Calibration” button.

Select “Adjust mA” in the calibration screen. Choose “YES”, “CA1” will display on control panel.
5. Take one shot X-ray exposure by pressing footswitch. Then adjust POT6 on MCB board until TP5
(KVO) on MCB is 4.0V±0.05V.
6. Rotate R40 and R27 on kV control board clockwise to the end.
7. Test the frequency of TP4 on kV control board with Oscilloscope. Adjust R13 to make the
frequency of TP4 is 80kHz±1kHz. (TP6 and TP9 are signal ground.)

5-4
Calibration

8. Test the voltage of TP16 on kV control board with multimeter. The voltage should be 3.15±0.05V.
Otherwise, adjust R109. Clockwise rotation will decrease the voltage value and anticlockwise will
increase the value.
9. Test the voltage of TP17 on kV control board with multimeter. The voltage should be 3.15±0.05V.
Otherwise, adjust R110. Clockwise rotation will decrease the voltage value and anticlockwise will
increase the value.
10. Take exposure. Adjust POT4 on MP4 board to make sure the mA is 2.0±0.5mA.
11. Take exposure and hold on. Measure TP15 on kV control board with multimeter. Adjust R50 on kV
control board to make the voltage is 4.0V±0.5V. Check that DS1 should be light when exposure.
12. Restart system. Check the kV value as the table in 5.2.1. If they are not in specification, adjust R50
on kV control board or go back to step11.
Refer to the drawing below for the test points, indicators and adjustors.

5-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

MCB

To next
page

5-6
Calibration

5-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

kV control board

5-8
Calibration

5.3. mA Measurement and Adjustment

5.3.1. mA Measurement and Accuracy Check


1. Remove the cover of the C-arm console and the cover of PCB box. Extend MCB board with MCB
extend board.
2. Remove the J46 jumper on MCB extend board. Connect the probes of ampere meter to TP222 (+)
and TP210 (-) on MCB extend board.

3. Power on and take exposure. The mA value can be measured.


The measured value will include mA real value and mA leakage from tube insert. So that:
Exposure mA_real =mA_measure –kV/800
The error of Exposure mA_real value should be within ±9% ranges (meter accuracy is not less than
±1%.).

5-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Take exposure at mA values below in manual normal fluoro mode. The Exposure mA_measure value
should be between the minimum and maximum value in the form below. Otherwise, mA calibration
procedure should be performed until all the mA_measure values meet the requirement in the list.
Exposure mode mA value Setting mA_measure Minimum mA_measure Maximum
(mA) (mA)
Normal Fluoro 0.1mA@45kVp 0.147 0.165
0.8mA@55kVp 0.797 0.941
1.8mA@60kVp 1.713 2.037
3.5mA@80kVp 3.285 3.915
4mA@110kVp 3.78 4.50
HLF 0.2mA@45kVp 0.238 0.274
1.5mA@50kVp 1.428 1.698
3.8mA@60kVp 3.533 4.217
7.0mA@80kVp 6.47 7.73
10.0mA@60kVp 9.175 11.0
12mA@55kVp* 10.99 13.15
*NOTE: If the system is set in 100V input mode, use 12mA@50kVp or lower kVp instead of
12mA@55kVp.
4. Measure the voltage of TP7 (MA-SMP) on MCB board with oscilloscope.
Exposure mA_real =Voltage (TP7) (unitV)*1000/400
The error of Exposure mA_real value should be within ±9% ranges (meter accuracy is not less than
±1%.).
The voltage of TP7 should be in the range of the form below. Otherwise, mA calibration procedure
should be performed until all the voltage values meet the requirement in the list.
Exposure mode mA value setting Voltage (TP7) minimum Voltage (TP7) maximum
(V) (V)
Digital Spot 1mA@45kVp 0.364 0.436
4mA@60kVp 1.456 1.744
8mA@80kVp 2.912 3.488
12mA@110kVp 4.368 5.232
16mA@80kVp 5.824 6.976

5-10
Calibration

To next
page

5-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5-12
Calibration

5.3.2. mA calibration
Refer to the drawings at the end of this section for the location of the points. Remove J46 jumper on MCB
extend board. Connect the probes of ampere meter to TP222 (+) and TP210 (-) on MCB extend board in
order to make the ampere meter in serial.
1. Power on the system. Adjust POT4 on MCB board to make the voltage of TP17(MA-OFF) is 0V.
2. Short J5 on MCB board. Hold down Ctrl +Shift+Alt key and press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly and
quickly to invoke the service tool. Login service tool and click “Exposure management” button.
Click “Calibration” button.

Select “Adjust mA” in the calibration screen. Choose “Yes” and “CA1” will display on control panel.
3. Take exposure and adjust POT4 on MP4 board to make sure the measured mA value is 2.1±
0.05mA. Clockwise rotation will increase the current. And anticlockwise rotation will decrease the
current.
4. Remove jumper on J5 of MCB board. Take exposure and adjust POT 5 on MCB board to make
sure the measurement current is 2.1±0.05mA. Clockwise rotation will increase the current. And
anticlockwise rotation will decrease the current.
5. Short J5 again. Select “Adjust preheat table” in calibration screen of service mode. “CA2”will
display on control panel. Press footswitch or hand switch and hold on until “END END” is
displayed on control panel LED field, which would last for about 20 minutes.
If the footswitch or hand switch is released early, you should press the switch again until the
control panel LED displays “END END”.
If the “ERR ERR” is displayed on the control panel, you should redo the mA calibration procedure
from step1.
6. Make sure the footswitch or hand switch is released. Remove the jumper on J5. Reboot the
system. Take exposure at 80kV, 0.2mA. Check the measured current value should be 0.3±
0.02mA. Otherwise, adjust POT4 on MCB board. Clockwise rotation will increase the current. And
anticlockwise rotation will decrease the current.

5-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

7. Take exposure at 80kV, 2mA. Measure TP7 (MA-SMP) on MCB board with oscilloscope. Set
oscilloscope in TRIGGER mode and the trigger level is –250mV. The first pulse wave should be
orthogonal and similar to the picture below:

Otherwise, adjust POT4 on MP4 board.


8. Please refer to section 5.3.1 to confirm the mA accuracy is within requirements.

5-14
Calibration

MCB:

To next
page

5-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

POT5

5-16
Calibration

5.4. mAs Measurement and Calibration

5.4.1. mAs Measurment and Accuracy Check


Remove J46 jumper on MCB extend board. Connect the probes of ampere meter to TP222 (+) and TP210
(-) on MCB extend board. Connect the mAs meter to ampere meter in serial.
Take exposure by the parameters below. The error of mAs should be within ±8% (meter accuracy is not
less than 2%).
kV, mAs Minimum (mAs) Maximum (mAs)
40kV, 80mAs 73.6 86.4
70kV, 2mAs 1.84 2.16
110kV, 1mAs 0.92 1.08

5.4.2. mAs Calibration


1. Rotate POT2 and POT3 on MP4 board anticlockwise to the end.
2. Take exposure at 80kVp, 20mAs. Adjust POT1 on MP4 board until the measured mA value is 6.5
±0.5mA.
3. Take exposure at 110kVp, 20mAs. Adjust POT2 on MP4 board until the measured mA value is
20.0±1mA.
4. Take exposure at 40kVp, 20mAs. Adjust POT3 on MP4 board until the measured mA value is 20.0
±1mA.
5. Take exposure at 80kVp, 20mAs. Adjust POT2 on MCB board until the measured mAs value is
20.0mAs±1mAs.
6. Check mAs accuracy according to section 5.4.1.
After the calibration, connect the jumper to J46 on MCB extend board.
NOTE

5.5. X-Ray Generator Warm


This procedure is used to improve the life of the X-Ray generator. It is only performed after the Generator
is not powered for more than 3 months.
1. Power on the system
2. Close the collimator IRIS and place a lead shield in the X-Ray beam to protect the Image
Intensifier and CCD camera.
3. Select the Manual Fluoroscopy mode. Set the kVp value to 60 kVp. Take an exposure for 3
minutes.
4. Wait for 5 minutes after exposure.

5-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5. Set the kVp value to 80kVp and take an exposure for 3 minutes.
6. Wait for 5 minutes.
7. Power off the system.

5.6. Beam Alignment and Image Calibration

5.6.1. Beam Alignment Setup


Workstation Setup
1. Power on the system, and wait until the system boot up completes.
2. Press down “Ctrl”, “Shift”, “Alt” keys together and press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly to enter Service
Mode.
3. Select User as “Service”, and type password. Click “Login” button.
4. Select Imaging Defaults.
5. Disable IP Circular Mask, disable CCU Circular Mask, enable Display Marks, and press OK.
6. Press Shutdown, and select “Yes” to confirm.
7. Wait for the system to shutdown, and reboot the system.

Enabling Display Marks displays 3 iso-centric white circles, and one center crossing.
NOTE Disabling IP Circular Blanking and CCU Circular Blanking shows image outside the
normal display field.

With CCU Circular Blanking disabled, Recursive Factor button will not be effective, and
NOTE the image will show much noise.
With IP Circular Blanking disabled, Image Processing buttons (Brightness, Contrast,
Negate, Edge enhancement) will be effective only within the middle white circle region.

5-18
Calibration

BAFT Installation
1. Put the 9-inch BAFT (Beam Alignment Tool) on top of the Image Intensifier.
2. Orient the tool so that the number 1 and 2 on the BAFT tool is away from the mainframe, number
3 and 4 is on the Mainframe side. (See the picture below)
3. Orient the tool so that the tool sides are aligned with the mounting surface of the Image
Intensifier.

Aligned
in

4. Set to Mag2 mode, and fully open the collimator, and to make a shot.
5. Check if you can see a full circular image. If camera is not centered, image does not show full
circular image. If collimator is not centered, it will shadow one side of the image boundary. If the
camera or collimator is not in reasonably calibrated position, roughly calibrate them first. Refer to
Section 5.6.3 for Camera Centering, and Section 5.6.4 for Collimator centering.

<Camera is not centered> <Collimator shadows the image boundary>

5-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6. Align the BAFT tool to the circular optical field in the image as follows:
a. Loosen the securing screws (4 screws for each horizontal and vertical adjustment).
b. Adjust position adjustment screws (1 screw for each horizontal and vertical adjustment)
on the BAFT tool.
c. Take an exposure and read the BAFT tool’s tick marks on circular optical field boundary.
d. Check if BAFT tool’s tick marks reading is the same in all angles.
e. Tighten the securing screws, after the make X-ray shot, and double check the BAFT
alignment.

8 Securing Screws

2 Alignment Screws

5-20
Calibration

5.6.2. Camera Orientation


Camera Orientation Check
1. Create a new exam.
2. Set to Mag2 mode, and make an exposure.
3. Verify if the central square of the BAFT tool image is aligned with the vertical and horizontal lines
of the display screen. Visual accuracy is sufficient.
4. Verify if the BAFT tool number marking 1,2,3,4 displays as shown below.
5. Verify if the center square of BAFT tool image is aligned with the vertical and horizontal lines of
the display screen (to the original position).

Camera Home Positioning Check


1. Take an image in a rotated camera angle.
2. Create a new exam.
3. Verify if the camera rotated to the home position.
Camera Orientation Calibration
1. Refer to Camera Replacement Instruction, and check if Camera is assembled in the right angle.
2. There is no calibration available. If the camera is installed in the right angle, this is a defective
camera. Replace the camera.

5-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.6.3. Camera Centering


Camera Centering Verification

1. During a MAG 2 Fluoro


exposure, use a Dry-Erase
marker to make a dot on the
left monitor at the center of
the BAFT.
2. Rotate the Camera to 90°,
180° and 270° and mark the
BAFT center at each camera
rotation angle. Draw a line
between the 0° mark and the
180° mark. Draw a line
between the 90° mark and
the 270° mark. The
intersection of the two lines is
the Camera Rotation Center.
3. Observe the gap between the
Rotation center and BAFT
tool center. This is the de-
centering deviation.

4. The de-centering deviation should be within the range of the values below. (Note: Each ring is
1mm wide with 1mm spacing between rings.)
Mag Mode MAG2
De-centering (mm) ≤3

5. If the requirement is not met, adjust the Camera Centering.


Camera Centering Calibration
1. To have access to the Camera Securing Screws, perform the following.
a. Power off the system.
b. Position the C-arm to lateral position with Image Intensifier on the left and X-ray tube on
the right side when looking from the main frame.
c. Remove the I.I. back cover.
d. Disassemble the Camera cable plug-in port of the EMI shield.
e. Power on the system.
2. Loosen the 3 Camera Securing Screws (Inch screws). (Do not unscrew 6 EMI Shield Securing
Screw).

5-22
Calibration

EMI Shield
Securing Screw

Camera
Securing Screw

EMI Shield

Camera cable
plug-in port is
disassembled

3. Make sure that 4 Camera Alignment Screws are not too loose. If they are loose, tighten all 4
screws with modest torque.

Camera
Alignment
Screws (there
are 4 screws
with 90 degrees
apart)

4. Set to Mag2 mode, and make a shot.


5. Refer to the BAFT image, and use the 4 Camera alignment screws to adjust the camera center.
Make sure to unscrew one screw first, and then tighten the screw on the opposite side.

5-23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Camera Centering Example


a. b. c.

a. BAFT image center is not aligned with Rotation Center Marking. Need to Shift BAFT
center to the SE (bottom right) direction.
b. Shift the camera to the same direction to shift the BAFT image center, i.e., S.E. (South
East, or bottom right) direction.
c. Make a shot, and confirm the alignment.
6. Perform Camera Centering Verification. Repeat as many time as necessary.
7. When the camera centering verification meets the specification, tighten the 3 Camera Securing
Screws.
Cleanup
1. Erase the Camera Rotation Center marking on the display monitor.
2. When you follow the normal beam alignment procedure, at this stage, you do not need to
reassemble the EMI shield and Camera Cable Port, and I.I. back cover. You may still need to access
the camera head for Camera focus and Camera Iris adjustment.
Recover the workstation setup.
1. Power On the workstation, and wait until the system boot up completes.
2. Press Ctrl+Alt+Shift, and type “E”,”V”,”R” to enter Service Mode.
3. Select User as “Service”, and type password. Click “Login” button.
4. Select Imaging Defaults.
5. Enable IP Circular Mask, enable CCU Circular Mask, disable Display Marks, and press OK.

6. Press Shutdown, and select “Yes” to confirm.


7. Wait for the system to shutdown, and reboot the system.

5-24
Calibration

5.6.4. Collimator Centering


Collimator Iris Centering Check / Calibration
1. Position the C-arm with Image Intensifier
above the X-ray tube.
2. Create a new exam to make default
settings.
3. Make Normal Fluoro exposures. Close the
iris a bit to show the iris near the image
boundary.
4. Verify that the iris edge is shown as
balanced along the boundary of the
displayed image around all angles.
5. If not aligned, open the X-ray tube cover,
loosen the securing screws (6 pieces), and
adjust the collimator iris alignment screws
(2 pieces) to center the collimator on the
BAFT (Use the BAFT image to determine the
direction to shift the collimator iris).
When adjusts alignment The 6 securing screws are marked in circles above.
NOTE screws clockwise from the
screw head, iris will move to
the marked direction. Iris will move to
reverse direction when adjusting anti-
clockwise.
6. After Iris center is adjusted, make sure to
tighten the collimator’s securing screws.
7. Make another exposure to verify that the
collimator iris is still centered. The 2 alignment screws are marked in circles above.
8. Fully close the iris and make an exposure.
Ensure the iris black lines are within the
BAFT tool’s central square. (The BAFT’s
central square is 50×50 mm size.)
German regulatory required that the collimator has to be visible on two sides of the
NOTE image, which are not opposite. For the system installed in German, adjust the
collimator iris until the collimator meet the requirement as below.

5-25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Shutter Centering Check / Calibration


1. Close the collimator shutter to the smallest.
2. Select manual Fluoroscopy mode and take
exposures.
3. Rotate the shutter and stop at vertical position
during live exposure.
4. Open the collimator shutters a little to see the
BAFT center square.
5. Check if the center of the shutter is aligned with
vertical position horizontal position
the BAFT center square.
6. If not aligned, loosen the securing screws (4
pieces), and adjust collimator shutter alignment
screw correspondingly. (Use the BAFT image to
determine the direction to shift) T
The 4 securing screws and 2 alignment screws are marked in
7. Rotate the shutter and stop at horizontal circles above.
position during live exposure.
8. Check if the center of the shutter is aligned with
the BAFT center square.
9. If not aligned, loosen the securing screws (3
pieces), and adjust the collimator shutter
alignment screw correspondingly. (Use the BAFT
image to determine the direction to shift)
10. After shutter centering is adjusted, make sure to The 3 securing screws are marked in circles above.
tighten the securing screws.
11. Make another exposure to verify that the
collimator shutter is still centered.

Cleanup
1. When collimator iris/shutter center is adjusted, make sure to tighten all Collimator Iris securing
screws, and Collimator shutter securing screws.
2. Assemble the X-ray tube cover.
3. Remove the BAFT tool from the Image Intensifier

5-26
Calibration

5.6.5. I.I. Field Size


I.I. Field Size Verification
1. Select relative field size, open the collimator to the maximum, and take an exposure.
2. Read the BAFT tick mark on the boundary of the image. The size of the image should be within
the range of the values below.
Mag Mode NORM MAG1 MAG2
Displayed Image
210 ±10 157 ±8 119 ±8
Diameter (mm)

3. If the requirement is not met, you must perform I.I. Field Size Calibration.

I.I. Field Size Calibration


I. I. Size adjustment is done in the factory. Adjust with much care only if necessary.
NOTE
Always use non-metal flathead screwdriver to adjust the I.I. potentiometer to avoid short
circuit.
1. Open the I. I. Potentiometer cover, and carefully adjust the I. I. Size trimmer.
2. Make an exposure, and check the resolution. Repeat as many times as necessary.
3. Close the I.I. Potentiometer cover.

A. Size
B. Focus
C. Edge

5-27
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.6.6. Limiting Field Size (Collimator Iris Field Size)


Limiting Field Size Verification
1. Create a new exam.
2. Load a film cassette in the BAFT.
3. Make sure the iris is opened completely.
4. Make an exposure at 45kVp@0.5mA in Normal, MAG 1, MAG 2 for 5~10 seconds for each mode.
Take the three exposures on one sheet of film. Note: to select the Film MAG Mode, do the
following: Select Manual - Fluoro, then Normal, MAG1 or MAG 2.
5. Remove the Film Cassette and develop the film.
6. Measure the Normal field size diameter of the collimator iris as projected on the film at 45 and
135 angle with the ruler.

L2
L1

7. Set the system to Normal field size, and take an exposure.


8. Measure, using the BAFT tick marks on the display monitor, the diameter of the circular image at
45 and 135 angle.
9. Calculate the diameter difference between film and display monitor at each 45 and 135 angle.
10. The difference should be within the range of the values below.
Mag Mode NORM MAG1 MAG2
Diameter difference
≤ 10 mm ≤ 10 mm ≤ 10 mm
at 45 and 135 angle
11. Calculate the sum of diameter difference at 45 and 135 angle.
12. The difference should be within the range of the values below.
Mag Mode NORM MAG1 MAG2
Combined diameter
≤ 16 mm ≤ 16 mm ≤ 16 mm
difference

5-28
Calibration

13. Repeat step 6 to step 12 for MAG1 and MAG2 field size.
14. If the requirements are not met, you must perform Limiting Field Size (Collimator Iris Field Size)
Calibration.

Limiting Field Size (Collimator Iris Field Size) Calibration


1. Remove the mainframe cover, and find MP1 Board.
2. Adjust the POT302 on the collimator control board to make the X-ray field in tangent with
blanking circle, and slightly outside the blanking circle. If the iris edge is not clear on the image,
turn on Automatic B&C first, and adjust contrast around 50 to better define iris edge.
3. Select MAG1 field mode. Take exposure and adjust the POT2 to make the X-ray field in tangent
with blanking field, and slightly outside the blanking circle. If the iris edge is not clear on the
image, turn on Automatic B&C first, and adjust contrast around 50 to better define iris edge.
4. Select MAG2 field mode. Take exposure and adjust the POT1 to make the X-ray field in tangent
with blanking field, and slightly outside the blanking circle. If the iris edge is not clear on the
image, turn on Automatic B&C first, and adjust contrast around 50 to better define iris edge.

Cleanup
You may leave the mainframe cover open until you finish the rest of the beam alignment calibration.

5-29
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.6.7. ABS Tracking Check and Adjustment


ABS Tracking Check
1. Make sure that X-ray tube cover is installed.
2. Position the C-arm with I.I. above the X-ray tube.
3. Select Auto Fluoroscopy mode, and the NORM field size to take an exposure. Put the 1mm, 2mm,
and 3mm copper filter on the tube head.
4. Verify that the kVp stabilizes in the specified range below for each copper filter thickness:
Copper Filter Thickness 1mm 2mm 3mm

kVp range 64±4kVp 74±4kVp 82±4kVp

5. If the ABS Tracking check fails, proceed to Entrance Dose Rate Check and Camera Iris Adjustment.

Entrance Dose Rate Check and Camera Iris Adjustment


Camera Iris adjustment is done in the factory. Adjust with much care only if necessary.
NOTE

1. Measure at TP16 (IBSOFF) of MCB board with Multi-meter, and check if you see 0 V. If not, adjust
the trimmer POT1 at MCB board to get 0 V at TP16.
2. Place the dosimeter probe on the I.I. grid center, and secure it with transparent tape.

3. Use 2mm copper to cover the beam path on the X-ray tube, and secure it with tape.
4. Position the C-arm to lateral position.
5. Make an exposure in Auto Fluoroscopy, and wait until the technique stabilizes. Check if the dose
rate is within 4.0  0.3mR/min (35.04 ± 2.63 μGy/min or 2102 ± 157 μGy/hr).
6. If failed, open the Camera head cover, and carefully adjust the camera iris trimmer. Turn
clockwise to decrease the stable dose rate, and counter-clockwise to increase stable dose rate.

5-30
Calibration

7. Make an exposure to make sure the entrance dose rate 4.0mR/min (35.04 μGy/min or 2102
μGy/hr) as close as possible. Repeat as many time as necessary.

Camera Iris
CCW: Close Iris to increase dose rate
CW: Open Iris to decrease dose rate

Camera Focus

8. If failed after many trials, check the kVp and mA calibration, and come back to Camera Iris
Adjustment.
9. When passed, check if the kVp is within 74±4kV. If fails, perform kVp and mA check, and return
back to the Camera Iris adjustment.
10. When passed, remove the dosimeter probe from the I.I., and remove copper from the X-ray tube,
and perform ABS Tracking check.

Cleanup
When you follow the normal beam alignment procedure, at this stage, you do not need to
reassemble the Camera Head Cover. You may still need to access the camera head for Camera focus
adjustment.

5.6.8. Limiting Resolution


Limiting Resolution Setup
1. Position the C-arm with I.I. above the X-ray tube.
2. Create a new exam to make default settings.
3. Place a Spatial Resolution tool on the Image Intensifier, and secure it with transparent tape. The
angle between the horizontal axis of the image and the Spatial Resolution tool shall be around 45
degrees.

5-31
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

~45

4. Select Auto Fluoroscopy mode. Take an exposure, and stop when image is stable. Adjust kVp and
mA if necessary.
5. Read the limiting resolution on the display image. It is the maximum number (lp/mm) where half
of the lines are distinguishable.
6. Verify if the resolution is within the specified value range below.
7. Repeat step 2 to step 6 for MAG1 mode.
8. Repeat step 2 to step 6 for MAG2 mode.
Field Size NORM MAG1 MAG2

Resolution (lp/mm) ≥ 2.2 ≥ 3.0 ≥ 3.5

9. If the resolution check fails, adjust the Camera Focus.


Camera Focus Calibration
Camera Focus adjustment is done in the factory. Adjust with much care only if
NOTE necessary.

1. To have access to CCD Camera Focus Trimmer, perform the following.


a. Turn off the power.
b. Position the C-arm to lateral position.
c. Disassemble plug-in port of Camera cable, and disconnect the Camera cable.
d. Disassemble EMI shield by unscrewing 6 screws. (Do not remove 3 Camera securing
screws)
e. Open the CCD Camera Head Cover.
f. Reconnect the Camera Cable.
g. Power on the system.
2. Use a small flat head screwdriver to carefully adjust the camera focus trimmer.

5-32
Calibration

3. Make an exposure, and check the resolution again. Repeat as many times as necessary.
4. If the resolution check still fails after many trials, proceed to I.I. Focus adjustment.

Camera Iris
Slowly turn CW or CCW

Camera Focus
Slowly turn CW or CCW

Image Intensifier Focus Calibration


I.I. Focus adjustment is done in the factory. Adjust with much care only if necessary.
NOTE Always use non-metal flathead screwdriver to adjust the I.I. potentiometer to avoid short
circuit.

1. Open the I. I. Potentiometer cover, and carefully adjust the I. I. Focus trimmer.
2. Make an exposure, and check the resolution again. Repeat as many times as necessary.
3. Put the I.I. Potentiometer cover back.

A. Size
B. Focus
C. Edge

5-33
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Cleanup
1. After passing, remove the resolution tool from the I.I. Grid.
2. Make sure to re-assembly of all components as the following:
a. Power off the system.
b. Assemble Camera Head Cover.
c. Disconnect Camera Head Cable.
d. Assemble EMI shield by screwing 6 securing screws.
e. Connect Camera Head Cable, and make sure to tighten the securing screw.
f. Assemble the Camera Head Cable Port in the EMI Shield.
g. Assemble the I.I. cover.
h. Power on the system.

5.6.9. Shading Correction


Shading Check
1. Put 1mm Copper on the X-ray tube and secure it with tape.
2. Set to Normal Mag mode, Auto Technique On.
3. Take a Shot.
4. Turn on the Automatic Brightness& Contrast.
5. Keep the brightness level and manually increase Contrast Level to see well on Brightness
uniformity. Adjust the brightness level if necessary.
6. At contrast level 67, pass if you see the whole circular region.
For example, at contrast 67, the 1st image shows the whole circular region, and the 2nd image
does not.

7. At contrast level 85 or higher, pass if you do not see the central region darker than the outside.
For example, at contrast 90, the 1st image shows brighter center, and 2nd image shows darker
center. Too much shading makes darker center.

5-34
Calibration

8. If you fail in step 5 or 6, proceed to Shading Correction.

Shading Correction

CAUTION
To prevent CCU/camera damage, make sure that you power off the system first when you
need to remove or insert the CCU power plug.

1. Power off the system, and wait for


complete shutdown. 3 CCU
2. Open Mainframe Back Cover to access t Securing
he CCU. Screws

3. Disconnect the cables from CCU.


4. Unscrew 3 CCU securing screws. Shift the
CCU to the left side and pull out the CCU.
5. Unscrew 8 CCU Cover screws, and open
the CCU Cover.
6. Assemble the CCU to the Mainframe with
the CCU cover open.

Power Camera Cable


7. Connect the cables to CCU. (Power,
DB25
Camera Cable DB9, Camera Cable DB25,
Video, Frame Sync).
Video
8. Power on the system.

Camera
Cable DB9 Frame
Sync

5-35
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

<Warning> The following steps are strongly recommended to reduce the Radiation Hazard to the FSE.
a. Position the C-arm so that the X-ray tube is directing away from the Mainframe. This is
important to minimize the radiation hazard of the FEs.
b. Make sure to wear Radiation Protective Garment.
c. If available, locate the mobile Radiation Protective Shield between X-ray tube and
Mainframe.
9. Put 1mm copper on the X-ray tube, and secure it with tape.
10. Make an exposure with Auto Technique on.
11. Turn on the Automatic Brightness& Contrast.
12. Keep the brightness level and manually increase Contrast level to see well on Brightness
uniformity. Adjust the brightness level if necessary.
13. Manually increase contrast to 85.
14. During live X-ray exposures, adjust trimmer R61, R52, R47, and R48 to adjust brightness
uniformity. Keep contrast level 85 and adjust brightness if necessary to see the shading effect.

R61 R52 R47 R48

R61 R52 R47 R48


Vertical Level Vertical Position Horizontal Position Horizontal Level

5-36
Calibration

15. Adjust contrast level 85 or higher, and make sure that the center region is not darker than the
image boundary.
Cleanup
1. Power off the system, and wait for complete shutdown.
2. Disconnect the cables from CCU.
a. Disassemble the CCU from the Mainframe.
b. Assemble CCU cover, and tighten 8 cover screws.
c. Assemble the CCU to the Mainframe, and tighten 3 CCU securing screws to the
Mainframe.
d. Connect the cables to CCU (Power, Camera Cable DB9, Camera Cable DB25, Video, Frame
Sync; reference the picture in step 8 above).
e. Re-assemble the Mainframe Back Cover.
f. Power on the system.

5.7. Dose Calibration


Refer to section 3.7.5 for dose calibration.

5.8. Monitor Brightness and Contrast Adjustment

5.8.1. Keys assignment and operation LED

A “dynamic help for keypad function” is available for each menu. It explains the role of each
Key on the OSD menu window, which is currently active.

5-37
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5.8.2. Lock and unlock the OSD menu


Action Key sequence
Lock OSD menu (except hotkeys Press key Exit and Up Up Up in 3 seconds,
if enabled) when keys are unlocked.
Unlock OSD menu (except Press key Exit and Up Up Up in 3 seconds,
hotkeys if enabled) when keys are locked

5.8.3. Key functions in the OSD menu


Key(s) Situation Action
Menu Always Jump to next line
Up Slide controller Increase value
Selection point To previous selection
Command "Enter key"
Down Slide controller Decrease value
Selection point To subsequent selection
Exit Except "Exit OSD" menu One menu level upwards (settings are
retained)
In "Exit OSD" menu Return to main menu (settings are retained)

5.8.4. Brightness and Contrast Adjustment

Adjust monitor’s
Contrast

Adjust monitor’s
Backlight.

The monitor is factory calibrated. For DVI-D input we suggest don’t change the contrast
NOTE value, any change of this will change the optimized LUT settings and will lose some of
the image information. We suggest to only adjust the backlight of the monitor if the
luminance is not acceptable.

5-38
Calibration

Main Menu Function Adjustment range Description


Adjustment of contrast
This allows the brighter area to be seen more
Contrast 0…255 distinctly. The center point is in 128 position.
Note: for DVI-D signals the Contrast setting is
optimized. Manual changes are not recommended.
It is used to adjust the black level of the monitor. The
center point is in 128 position.
This allows the darker area to be seen more
Brightness 0…255
distinctly.
Brightness
Note: for DVI-D signals the brightness setting is
optimized. Manual changes are not recommended.
Adjustment brightness of LCD backlight to adapt
Backlight 0…255
total brightness for room illumination

SETTING1
SETTING2 While choose backlight it will recall factory default
Settings
SETTING3 contrast, brightness, backlight.
User

Accept changes
Quick OSD menu and either save or reject the
Quit OSD changes. If you have reached this menu
menu unintentionally, you can return to the main menu
using the EXIT key.
Reject changes

OSD is If this message is displayed, you do not have the


locked authority to carry out the changes in the OSD menu.
Please contact your servicing partner in this case.

5-39
Chapter6. Software
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.1. Overview
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product provides service tool in software for the service engineer.
Using the service tool, service engineer can:
 Set service ID, language and time zone for system
 Get system information
 Exposure management
 Database Backup and Restore
 Set Imaging Defaults
 Consistency Check
 Import/Export image
 Export Config file
 Restore Defaults
 Search and export system log
 Upgrade software
This chapter will describe how to use the service tool and the installation and upgrade procedure for
software.

6-2
Software

6.2. Service Tool


After Brivo OEC 850 system boots up successfully, press down “Ctrl”, “Shift”, “Alt” keys together and
press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly and the service tool can be invoked. The service tool login screen will be
displayed.

Select Service as the user. Input the password. Click “Login” button to enter the main screen of service
tool.

Click “Shut Down” button to shut down the system. Click “Logout” button to return to service tool login
screen.

6-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.2.1. Service ID Setting


Click “Service ID Setting… “ button on the main screen to set or update service ID of the system. Current
service ID is displayed on the screen automatically. Fill in the new service ID in the textbox. Then press
“OK” button to update.
The service ID will be set to blank in manufactory. Field engineer shall set Service ID during installation
and make sure it’s the same as the SID in service record system (GIB). This ID should not be changed after
the first setting, if it is not necessary.

6-4
Software

6.2.2. Multi-language Setting


Click “Multi-Language Setting…” button on main screen to select the local language by country.

6.2.3. Time Zone Setting


Click “ Time Zone…” button on main screen to set time zone for system.

6-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.2.4. Get System Information


Press “System information…” on main screen to get the system information, including:
 Version of workstation software
 Version of MCB software
 Number of saved exams in system
 Number of saved images in system
 Free disk space
 Total disk space
Below screen is an example and the software version in it may not be the latest version. Take the actual
show version of the software as standard.

6-6
Software

6.2.5. Exposure Management


Select “Exposure Management…” on the main screen.
The exposure management screen is displayed.

 Dose Group Setting


Input Voltage 100V AC: Enable or disable “AC100V power” according to the AC power used. If AC
100V power is enabled, the Dose Group will be set as Normal 50 and HLF 50 automatically.
This setting will be only selected when the input voltage is 100V AC, but it is inapplicable for 110V or 120V.
The following section describes the instruction how to set Dose Group and X-ray Control
NOTE according to the following Table “Exposure Management Matrix”. If the instruction
contradicts the corresponding regulatory requirements of certain countries or regions (for
example, some regulatory requirements are updated), change the setting according to the
regulatory requirements.
Select Dose Group option by country to set the dose limitation in normal (standard) and HLF exposure.
The available options are:
Normal 88 and HLF 100
Normal 50 and HLF 50
Normal 50 and HLF 100
Refer to the following table “Exposure Management Matrix” to set Dose Group.

6-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

The skin dose rate in the Dose Group represents the value for conditions of free-in-air irradiation at the
patient skin: 30cm along the beam axis from the image intensifier surface.
1. Two dose groups in normal (standard) fluoro mode
-Normal50: The skin dose rate does not exceed 50mGy/min in standard fluoro mode, such as
Australia, Japan, New Zealand, etc.
-Normal88: The skin dose rate does not exceed 88mGy/min in standard fluoro mode, such as
USA, Germany, etc.
2. Two dose groups in HLF mode:
-HLF50: The skin dose rate does not exceed 50 mGy/min in HLF mode, such as Japan, etc.
-HLF100: The skin dose rate does not exceed 100 mGy/min in HLF mode, such as Australia, Italy,
UK, New Zealand, etc.
For the country, such as USA, if the skin dose rate shall not exceed 176 mGy/min in HLF mode from its
regulatory requirements, the system will use HLF100 in HLF mode because the maximum skin dose rate
of the X-ray tube cannot exceed 100 mGy/min.
3. For some country, its dose limitation should be the combination of the above normal and HLF groups.
For example,
-Australia: Normal50 and HLF100
-China: Normal88 and HLF100
4. For countries or regions that have a higher standard fluoro dose (at the patient skin) rate limit than
USA, the dose limits are set to the same value as for USA.
5. For countries or regions that have a higher HLF dose (at the patient skin) rate limit than USA, the dose
limits are set to the same value as for USA.
6. For countries or regions that do not specify standard fluoro dose at patient skin, the dose limits are set
to the same value as for USA.
7. For countries or regions that do not specify HLF dose at patient skin, the dose limits are set to the
same value as for USA.
 HLF scene setting:
Accessible Only In Auto: Enable or disable “HLF mode only accessible in auto mode”. Some
countries or regions, such as certain provincial locations in Australia, may require enabling
it.
Exposure Limit 20 Sec: Enable or disable “HLF terminates after 20 seconds of continuous
exposure”. Some countries or regions, such as Australia or Switzerland, require enabling it.
Auto-return After Exposure: Enable or disable “ The system automatically returns to normal
mode after HLF termination”. Some countries or regions, such as certain provincial
locations in Australia, may require enabling it.
Auto-return After 5min Without X-Ray: Enable or disable “ The system returns from HLF
mode to normal mode if not used for 5 minutes”. Some countries or regions, such as
certain provincial locations in Australia, may require enabling it.
Refer to the following table “Exposure Management Matrix” to set HLF scene setting.
 Fluoro Alarm Control:

6-8
Software

Enable or disable X-ray termination function after 9’30’’ fluoro. If this function is enable, when the
continuous fluoroscopy time reaches 9’30’’, X-rays will be terminated automatically.
Refer to the following table “Exposure Management Matrix” to set Fluoro Alarm Control.
 Select DAP option to enable or disable DAP function.
Only when the system is equipped with DAP meter, can DAP option be enabled.
NOTE

 Select Film Mode option to enable or disable film exposure mode.


 Calibration:
Fill in DAP calibration coefficient. The value should be from 0.0 to 10.0. Default value is 1.
Fill in Dose calibration coefficient. The value should be from 0.0 to 1.0.
The dose calibration coefficient is used to Dose calibration. Refer to chapter 3.
Click OK button to save the setting. Select Cancel button to leave the screen.

Table : Exposure Management Matrix


Auto-return
Auto-return After 5min Terminate X-
Countries / Dose Group Accessible Exposure After Without X- Ray After
Regions Option Only In Auto Limit 20 Sec Exposure Ray 9'30" Fluoro
Normal 88
Algeria and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Argentina and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Enable for Enable for Enable for
certain certain certain
Normal 50 provincial provincial provincial
Australia and HLF 100 locations Enable locations locations Enable
Normal 88
Austria and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Bangladesh and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Belgium and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Bolivia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Bosnia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 50
Brazil and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

6-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Auto-return
Auto-return After 5min Terminate X-
Countries / Dose Group Accessible Exposure After Without X- Ray After
Regions Option Only In Auto Limit 20 Sec Exposure Ray 9'30" Fluoro
Normal 88
Brunei and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Bulgaria and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Burkina Faso and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Cambodia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Canada and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Chile and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
China (P.R.) and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Colombia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Costa Rica and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Cyprus and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Czech Normal 88
Republic and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Denmark and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Dominican Normal 88
Republic and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Egypt and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Estonia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Finland and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
France and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

6-10
Software

Auto-return
Auto-return After 5min Terminate X-
Countries / Dose Group Accessible Exposure After Without X- Ray After
Regions Option Only In Auto Limit 20 Sec Exposure Ray 9'30" Fluoro
Normal 88
Georgia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Germany and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Greece and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Guatemala and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Honduras and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Hongkong Normal 88
/Macau and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Hungary and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Iceland and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
India and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Indonesia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Iraq and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Ireland and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Israel and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Italy and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Jamaica and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 50
Japan and HLF 50 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Jordan and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

6-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Auto-return
Auto-return After 5min Terminate X-
Countries / Dose Group Accessible Exposure After Without X- Ray After
Regions Option Only In Auto Limit 20 Sec Exposure Ray 9'30" Fluoro
Normal 88
Kuwait and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Laos and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Latvia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Lebanon and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Libya and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Lithuania and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Liechtenstein and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Luxembourg and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Macedonia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Malaysia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Malta and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Mexico and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Montenegro and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Morocco and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 50
New Zealand and HLF 100 Disable Enable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Netherlands and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Norway and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

6-12
Software

Auto-return
Auto-return After 5min Terminate X-
Countries / Dose Group Accessible Exposure After Without X- Ray After
Regions Option Only In Auto Limit 20 Sec Exposure Ray 9'30" Fluoro
Normal 88
Oman and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Pakistan and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Panama and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Paraguay and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Peru and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Philippines and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Poland and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Portugal and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Puerto Rico and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Romania and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Russia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Saudi Arabia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Singapore and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Slovakia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Slovenia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
South Africa and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
South Korea and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

6-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Auto-return
Auto-return After 5min Terminate X-
Countries / Dose Group Accessible Exposure After Without X- Ray After
Regions Option Only In Auto Limit 20 Sec Exposure Ray 9'30" Fluoro
Normal 88
Spain and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Sweden and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Switzerland and HLF 100 Disable Enable Disable Disable Enable
Taiwan
(Republic of Normal 88
China) and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Thailand and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Trinidad & Normal 88
Tobago and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Tunisia and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Turkey and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
United Arab Normal 88
Emirates and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
USA and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
United Normal 88
Kingdom and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Uruguay and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Normal 88
Venezuela and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable
Normal 88
Vietnam and HLF 100 Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

6-14
Software

6.2.6. Database Backup and Restore


Click “Database Backup/Restore…” button to display the screen.

You can backup the current database file on this screen. The database file contains patient and exam’s
information. Click “Start backup…” button to save the current database file. A double confirm screen will
pop up. Click “Yes” button to start backup. The process will complete until “Database backup finished.”
message displays. There are two backup files in the system and used by turns.
Click “Start Restore…” button to enter the Database Restore screen. The backup files’ name contain the
time stamp. You can choose a database according to the time. Click Restore button and click “Yes” on the
double confirm screen to start the restore process. The restore will complete until “Database restore
finished.” message displays.

6-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.2.7. Set Imaging Defaults


The service tool allows to set imaging parameters’ defaults. Click “Image Defaults…” on the main screen.

Changes on Image Brightness, Image Contrast, Black/Wihte Margin and Sharpen


power are not recommended because these values have been optimized for the image
NOTE
quality to compromise any anatolomical imaging. Any changes will affect the system
image quality.
 Image Brightness: Pressing up or down arrow or dragging the block allows you to adjust image
brightness default from 0 to 100.
 Image Contrast: Pressing up or down arrow or dragging the block allows you to adjust image
contrast default from 0 to 100.
 Black/White Margin: This adjustment shall be made very carefully only when necessary, as it may
affect the overall image quality. Pressing up or down arrow allows you to adjust image margin
from 0 to 50%. Increasing White Margin value may enhance contrast in bright regions, and
increasing Black Margin value may enhance contrast in dark regions. Increasing White Margin
may decrease overall image brightness. Increasing Black Margin may increase overall image
brightness.
 Sharpen Power: Select default value of sharpening power from 0-10.
 Enable or disable IP circular mask: it is used to assist beam alignment calibration. Make sure it is
set back to the default setting “Enable” after beam alignment.
 Enable or disable CCU circular mask: it is used to assist beam alignment calibration. Make sure it
is set back to the default setting “Enable” after beam alignment.
 Enable or disable Display Marks: it is used to assist beam alignment calibration. Make sure it is
set back to the default setting “Disable” after beam alignment.

6-16
Software

6.2.8. Consistency Check


The consistency check function is to check the consistency between the database and image files. Click
“Consistency Check…” button on main screen to enter consistency check screen.

Click “Check” button on the screen, and then click “Yes” button in confirmation screen to start the check
process. The result will be displayed on the frame after the process complete.

6-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.2.9. Image Import/Export


Service tool allows importing images from USB disk to local disk or exporting images from local disk to
USB device.

NOTE
Brivo OEC 850 only supports USB disks in FAT or FAT32 format.

1. Click “Image Import/Export…” on the main screen. The “Image Import& Export” screen will display.

2. If you want to import images from USB to local disk, click Import button on the screen. The screen will
show local directory used to save the images in “Copy To” column.

6-18
Software

(1) Insert USB disk to USB interface. Click “Copy From” button to select USB devices to copy from.
Choose the device in the USB list and click “OK”.

NOTE Only those images, which are exported from Brivo OEC850 system, can be imported
back.

(2) Select the images to copy.


Select All: Used to select all images in the gallery for copying.
Up/Down Arrow: Used to scroll through all preview images. The arrow buttons are only active if
more than sixteen images are retrieved.
(3) Click “Copy” button. Click “Yes” button in confirmation screen to execute a copy operation.
Import images to local disk. The process will complete with a message: “ Image Import finished.”.

6-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3. If you want to export images from local disk to USB, click export button on the screen. The screen will
show local saved directory to copy from.

(1) Click “Copy To” button. Select USB device as target destination to copy. Choose the device in the
USB list and click OK.
(2) Select the images to copy.
Select All: Used to select all images in the gallery for copying.
Up/Down Arrow: Used to scroll through all preview images. The arrow buttons are only active if
more than sixteen images are retrieved.
(3) Click “Copy” button. Then click “Yes” in confirmation screen to execute a copy operation. Copy
selected images to the designated destination. The process will complete when the message
“Image export finished.” displayed.

The exported images can’t be viewed in other computer and only can be imported to
NOTE
Brivo OEC850 systems.
The import and export image function is designated for testing or exhibition purpose,
there is no patient information in the exported images.

6-20
Software

6.2.10. Log Viewer


Log viewer screen allows service engineer to review the system log including the system event and
detailed information of error, warning and information messages.
Click “Log Viewer…” button on main screen.

2
3

1. Search Options: Enable to set the conditions to search.


Date: Used to select the period to show the log. You can search the logs created in the selected
period. The available options are: all date, day, week, month, half year or one year.
Type: Select the log type including error, warning, information and event.
Sub-system: Search the log information according to software sub-system that the event or failure
happened on.
Search for: Input the key words of the log text in the textbox to search.
Error code: Input the error code displayed on the monitor and control panel to search the log.
Module: Search the log information according to module that the event or failure happened on. The
available options are: computer, software, X-ray exposure and all.
2. Search
Click the button to start the search operation.

6-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3. Page Number
Display the total and current page number of the log. Click the arrows to turn the pages.
4. Log Information
Display the search results of the log. This field will show the error code, Type, sub-system, module,
create date and log text of the log.
5. Reset
Click “Reset” button to clear all selected search option and restore to defaults.
6. Export
Click “Export” button to export log in “.txt” file to USB disk. The export complete with a message “Log
export finished.”.
There are two log files. Each of them is less than 10MB. Log information will be rewrote when the file
size exceeds the limitation.

6-22
Software

6.2.11. Config File Export


The config file export screen allows service engineer to export system configuration files:
 IPConfig.xml: This file contains the parameter of image processing, including the setting values in
“Image Defaults” screen.
ServiceTool.xml: This file contains all the setting values in service tool except for image related.
The export files will contain the current local setting values.
NOTE

Click “Config File Export…” on main screen.

Click “Target Path” button to select the destination.


Click “Export” button to start the export process. When the process complete, a message “ Export config
files finished.” will display.

6-23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.2.12. Restore Default


Click “Restore Default…” on main screen.

Click “Delete” button will delete all database records and all images.

WARNING Click “Delete” button will remove all patient information and all images.

Click the “Clear” button to cleanup all system logs.


Click one of the three “Restore” button, you will restore its relevant config file. But other config files will
not change. Clicking all the three “Restore” buttons will allow the system work with default parameters.
Click “OK” button and then reboot the system, the restore action will be successful.
 Restore the information in ServiceTool.xml to defaults. It will restore all setting parameters in
service tool to defaults (such as service ID, time-zone, language, exposure management
parameters…), except for those in “Image Defaults” screen.
 Restore the information in IPConfig.xml to defaults. It will restore parameters in “Image Defaults”
screen to defaults.
 Restore the information in WKSSetup.xml to defaults. It will restore all parameters in “Setup”
screen of workstation user interface, such as workstation general information, security, network
config, DICOM service config and so on.
The “Restore” will restore the setting to manufacture setting. After that, you need to
WARNING do the local system configuration for site refer to section3.5.4.

6-24
Software

6.3. Software Installation and Upgrade

6.3.1. Software Installation


There are two software installation disks for Brivo OEC 850 C-Arm X-ray Product. One is the Operating
System (OS) installation CD. The other is the Application CD. The OS installation CD should be installed
prior to Application CD during the initial installation.

NOTE System will sounds beeps during the whole software installation procedure. And an Error
message01334 will be displayed.

Install Operating System

CAUTION You must press key immediately during system booting in step 1 and step8.

1. Turn on the system, during the memory testing, press key on the keyboard to get to BIOS.

6-25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

2. Type in “EVR850BJ”, then press “Enter” key.

3. When the BIOS menu shows, use the arrow down button to select the “Advanced BIOS
Features” and then press “Enter”.

6-26
Software

4. Select “First Boot Device” and press “Enter”. Then choose the “CDROM” and press “Enter”.

6-27
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

5. Press the “ ” key and then press “Enter”. This will save your settings, and the system will
reboot. (The system is now set to boot from CD ROM first.)

6-28
Software

6. When the screen display “DISK BOOT FAILURE, INSERT SYSTEM DISK AND PRESS ENTER”, insert the
OS installation CD into the CD/DVD drive of the WS, then press “Enter”.

7. Once you get to the prompt, type in “SG_EVR”. The OS software will then load on the system.

6-29
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8. Once the software installation is complete, CD will be rejected automatically. Remove the CD and
close the CD tray. Click the “reboot” button.

6-30
Software

9. During the memory testing, press key on the keyboard to get to BIOS.
10. Type in “EVR850BJ” , then press “Enter” key.
11. When the BIOS menu shows, use the arrow down button and “Enter” key to select the “Advanced
BIOS Features” and then press “Enter”.
12. Select “First Boot Device” and press “Enter”. Then choose the “HDD-0” and press “Enter”.

6-31
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

13. Press the “ “key and then press “Enter”. This will save your settings, and the system will
reboot. (The system is now set to boot from hard disk first)

14. System will enter GDM desktop with a terminal pop up.

6-32
Software

Install Application Software


1. Insert the Application CD to CD/DVD drive of the workstation. Click “Run Command” in the warning
message box.

2.The welcome screen will display. And the serial number of the system from the manufacture will be
displayed automatically.

Select “OK” to start the Stage 1 process.

6-33
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

If the user data is detected on the workstation, the welcome screen will ask you to choose whether retain
user data or not.

6-34
Software

If you want to retain user data, make Option 1 selected and enter OK. Select “Yes” to confirm your
selection and start the Stage 1 process. Select “No” to return back the previous welcome screen.
Select “Not retain the existing user data” will delete all existing data and it cannot be
CAUTION recovered.

3. After stage1 process complete, enter “OK” to reboot the workstation.

6-35
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

The Stage2 process will start automatically after reboot.

If “Retain existing user data” option is selected restoring user data screen will display after the
application packages installed.

6-36
Software

4. At the end of stage2, press “OK” to shut down the system.

Functional test: Power on the system. The left monitor of workstation will display GE logo screen. The
right monitor will enter into the PATIENT INFORMATION Screen automatically. Perform workstation
operation check defined in section3.6.2.

6-37
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6.3.2. Application Software Upgrade


1. Login service tool. Click “Upgrade” button on main screen.

Preparation process screen will display.

2. After the preparation process the workstation will reboot.


Error code will display on the control panel board when the system enter reboot process.
NOTE
Before login the system, Application CD should not be inserted.

6-38
Software

3. Login the system with “root” account and the password is “install”.
4. System will enter GDM desktop with a terminal pop up.

5. Insert the Application CD to CD/DVD drive of the workstation. Click “Run Command” in the warning
message box.

6-39
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6. The welcome screen will display. And the serial number of the system from the manufacture will be
displayed automatically.

Click “OK” button and the system will ask you to choose whether retain user data or not.

If you want to retain user data, make Option 1 selected and enter OK. Select “No” to return back the
previous welcome screen. Select “Yes” to confirm your selection and start the Stage 1 process.

6-40
Software

7. The stage1 of installation will start. The rest processes will be the same as the installation process
including stage1 and stage 2.

6-41
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8. After stage1 process complete, enter “OK” to reboot the workstation.

9. The Stage2 process will start automatically after reboot.

6-42
Software

If “Retain existing user data” option is selected restoring user data screen will display after the
application packages installed.

10. At the end of stage2, press “OK” to shut down the system.
Due to C-arm can’t shut down automatically after upgrade process completes, you should press shut
down button on control panel manually.

6-43
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Functional test: Power on the system. The left monitor of workstation will display GE logo screen. The
right monitor will enter into the PATIENT INFORMATION Screen automatically. Perform workstation
operation check in section3.6.2.

6-44
Software

For German User


German X-ray ordinance Roentgenverordnung (RöV) §16 and Qualitätssicherungs-Richtlinie (QS-RL)
3.1.3.8 require the SMPTE test pattern to be displayed on the system monitors for testing per Feb 2001
DIN V 6868-57. There is an exam, which patient name is "SMPTE test pattern" in the system image
directory, providing the SMPTE test pattern image to be displayed on the system monitors for testing. The
operator can retrieve the images from the directory to display it on the monitor for testing. Press the
SWAP key to swap the image between the left and right monitor for both monitors testing.
If you have not retained existing user data in during the software installation or upgrade in German site,
you should restore the exam according to the following procedure.
1. Insert the SMPTE pattern CD to the CD driver of a computer installed Windows OS. Copy the image
from the CD to a USB disk.
Brivo OEC 850 only supports USB disks in FAT or FAT32 format.
NOTE

2. Power on the Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-arm X-ray Product. Press down “Ctrl”, “Shift”, “Alt” keys together
and press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly and the service tool can be invoked. Select Service as the user. Input
the password.

Click “Login” button to enter the main screen of service tool.

6-45
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3. Click “Image Import/Export…” button on main screen. The “Image Import& Export” screen will display.
Click “Import…” button.

6-46
Software

4. Insert USB disk to USB interface. Click “Copy From” button to select USB devices to copy from. Choose
the device in the USB list and click “OK”.

5. Select the image and then click “Copy”. Click “Yes” button in confirmation screen to execute a copy
operation. Import image to local disk. The process will complete with a message: “ Image Import
finished.”.
6. Exit to the main screen of service tool and then shut down the system.
7. Power on the system after 1 minute. On the Patient Information screen, click “Saved Exams…”
button and select the exam, whose Patient Name field is “Only For Test, Only For Test” . Click “OK”
to return to the Patient Information screen.

6-47
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8. Click “Edit” button. Change the Last Name to “SMPTE test pattern” and delete the text in “First
Name” and “M.I.” field. And then click “Exit” button.

9. Press the Image Directory key on the workstation keyboard. Check the image is in the
directory.

6-48
Chapter7. Troubleshooting
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

7.1. Overview
This chapter describes messages that appear on the right workstation monitor during system operation.
Messages may indicate any of the following:
 Information
 Warning Messages
 Error Messages
When the error message appears, error code will also displayed on the kV, mA display field on control
panel.

7.2. Error Recovery Steps


Perform the following error recovery procedures if you encounter problems during start-up or operation:
1. Some messages can be cleared by pressing OK button or taking exposure, but will periodically re-
display while the condition exists.
2. If an error message occurs, power off the system. Wait one minute, and then press the power on key.
If this fails to restore normal operation then proceed with step 3.
3. Press the power off key, disconnect the power cord, and call for service. Refer to chapter 1 for
communication center telephone numbers. Do not continue using the system.
System may fail at any time. Ignoring error and warning messages may result in
WARNING equipment damage and personal injury.

7.3. Messages
Error Message Comments
Type
Code
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Servant activation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00001 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00001"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Memory allocation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00002 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00002"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Binding name service fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00003 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00003"

7-2
Troubleshooting

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Invoking interface fails.


minute, and then restart the system.
00004 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00004"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Canceling thread fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00005 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00005"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CORBA notification service connection
minute, and then restart the system. fails.
00006 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00006"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CORBA notification service
minute, and then restart the system. disconnection fails.
00007 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00007"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 ORB creation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00008 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00008"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Database operation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00009 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00009"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Servant deactivation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00010 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00010"

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 ORB destruction fails.


minute, and then restart the system.
00011 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00011"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 ORB initialization fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00012 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00012"

7-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Joining thread fails.


minute, and then restart the system.
00013 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00013"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Loading multi-language fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00014 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00014"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Resource file crashes.
minute, and then restart the system.
00015 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00015"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CORBA name service resolution fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00016 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00016"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CORBA ORB execution fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00017 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00017"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Setting UI to front fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00018 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00018"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Starting thread fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00019 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00019"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Accessing system resource fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00020 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00020"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Unbinding CORBA name service fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00021 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00021"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Java module fails to wait for notify.
minute, and then restart the system.
00022 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00022"

7-4
Troubleshooting

“Please turn the system off, wait 1 UI activation fails.


minute, and then restart the system.
00023 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00023”
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Serial port closedown fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00101 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00101"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication disconnected.
minute, and then restart the system.
00102 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00102"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Incompatible RCC version.
minute, and then restart the system.
00103 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00103"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Opening serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00104 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00104"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Reading serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00105 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00105"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Sending message fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00106 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00106"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Setting serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00107 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00107"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Connection setup fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00108 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00108"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Writing serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00109 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00109"

7-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Please turn the system off, wait 1 Loading library fails.


minute, and then restart the system.
00501 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00501
Please turn the system off, wait 1 Lost frames.
minute, and then restart the system.
00601 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00601
Please turn the system off, wait 1 Choosing two-buffered visual fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00602 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00602
Please turn the system off, wait 1 GLX context creation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00603 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00603
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Window creation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00604 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00604"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Servant deactivation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00605 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00605"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Font resource error.
minute, and then restart the system.
00606 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00606"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Grabber card buffer error.
minute, and then restart the system.
00607 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00607"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Image process parameter error.
minute, and then restart the system.
00608 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00608"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Grabber card initialization fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00609 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00609"

7-6
Troubleshooting

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Loading grabber card config file fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00610 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00610"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Loading IP config file fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00611 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00611"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Making GLX current fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00612 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00612"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Timer creation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00613 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00613"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Grabber card is missing. Check the
minute, and then restart the system. connection of grabber card in the
00614 Error computer. If the connection is OK,
If this message persists, call for service.
replace the grabber card.
Code:00614"

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Grabber card driver is missing.
minute, and then restart the system.
00615 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00615"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Opening default display fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00616 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00616"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Capturing image fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00617 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00617"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Stopping capture fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00618 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00618"

7-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CORBA communication error.


minute, and then restart the system.
00901 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00901"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Image data processing error.
minute, and then restart the system.
00902 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00902"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Main screen startup fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
00903 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:00903"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Exam Management activation fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01101 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01101"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 WorkStation Setup customization fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01102 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01102"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Loading domain fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01103 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01103"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Locking fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01104 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01104"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Login error occurs.
minute, and then restart the system.
01105 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01105"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 MCB version mismatches.
minute, and then restart the system.
01106 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01106"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 UI status error occurs.
minute, and then restart the system.
01107 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01107"

7-8
Troubleshooting

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Waiting firmware fails.


minute, and then restart the system.
01108 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01108"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Software unlocking fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01109 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01109"
" Need to restart the system after Need to restart the system after
01201 Error
deleting all information. Code:01201" deleting all information.
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Checking MCB compatibility fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01202 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01202"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Configuration file resume fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01203 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01203"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 WKS Setup file IO error
minute, and then restart the system.
01204 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01204"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 ADC sample time out.
minute, and then restart the system.
01301 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01301"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Collimator stuck.
minute, and then restart the system.
01302 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01302"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Command buffer overflow.
minute, and then restart the system.
01303 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01303"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Control panel initialization fails.
minute, and then restart the system. Change control panel or MCB.
01304 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01304"

7-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CPLD version incompatible.


minute, and then restart the system.
01305 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01305"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 CPLD watch dog error.
minute, and then restart the system.
01306 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01306"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 DC power bus error. Check the DC bus
minute, and then restart the system. fuse. Check if the input power voltage
01307 Error exceeds the range.
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01307"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Filament over current.
minute, and then restart the system.
Check signal FILAL_HC. If the value is
01308 Error If this message persists, call for service. 0V, change MCB. If the value is +15V
Code:01308" approximately, change MP4. If the
value is still +15V, change monoblock
or filament.
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Foot switch stuck. Verify that the
minute, and then restart the system. footswitch was pressed correctly and
01309 Error check the connection of the
If this message persists, call for service.
footswitch. Otherwise, replace the
Code:01309"
footswitch or MCB.
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Hand switch stuck. Verify that the
minute, and then restart the system. hand switch was pressed correctly
01310 Error and check the connection of the hand
If this message persists, call for service.
switch. Otherwise, replace the hand
Code:01310"
switch or MCB.
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 IGBT error occurs. Check and replace
minute, and then restart the system. IGBT inverter module.
01311 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01311"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Inverter over current.
minute, and then restart the system.
01312 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01312"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 kV value is higher than 120KV.
minute, and then restart the system.
01313 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01313"

7-10
Troubleshooting

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 kV value is lower than 35KV.
minute, and then restart the system.
01314 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01314"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Bridges of inverter unbalance. Change
minute, and then restart the system. monoblock.
01315 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01315"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 SPI2 with control panel error
minute, and then restart the system.
01316 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01316"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 SPI9 error
minute, and then restart the system.
01317 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01317"
" Housing overheated. Please turn the Monitor monoblock surface
system off, wait 60 minutes or more, temperature by thermal switch. The
01318 Error and then restart the system. If this surface temperature is over 60 (+/-5)
message persists, call for service. centigrade
Code:01318"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication UART with WKS
minute, and then restart the system. command buffer overflow.
01319 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01319"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 UART1 transmit error.
minute, and then restart the system.
01320 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01320"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication with WKS faults.
minute, and then restart the system.
01321 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01321"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 WKS version incompatible.
minute, and then restart the system.
01322 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01322"

7-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication with WKS RCC time
minute, and then restart the system. out.
01323 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01323"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication with WKS received
minute, and then restart the system. buffer overflow.
01324 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01324"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication with WKS transmit
minute, and then restart the system. time out.
01325 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01325"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication with WKS transmit
minute, and then restart the system. buffer overflow.
01326 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01326"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication UART with WKS time
minute, and then restart the system. out.
01327 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01327"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Communication UART with WKS
minute, and then restart the system. writing fails.
01328 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01328"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 WKS power off.
minute, and then restart the system.
01329 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01329"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 When there is no exposure, current
minute, and then restart the system. deviation value is over 0.05mA.
01330 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01330"
" Housing overheated. Please turn the Monitor tube oil temperature by
system off, wait 60 minutes or more, software. The oil temperature is over
01331 Error and then restart the system. If this 75 centigrade
message persists, call for service.
Code:01331"

7-12
Troubleshooting

"Please turn the system off, wait 1 No calibrated mA table for preheating
minute, and then restart the system. the filament is found in flash. Create a
01332 Error calibrated mA table first.
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01332"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Writing flash fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01333 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01333"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Can not find WKS communication in 4
minute, and then restart the system. minutes after MCB boot up.
01334 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01334"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Serial port closedown fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01401 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01401"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Opening serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01402 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01402"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Reading serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01403 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01403"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Setting serial port fails.
minute, and then restart the system.
01404 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01404"
"Please turn the system off, wait 1 Writing serial port fails
minute, and then restart the system.
01405 Error
If this message persists, call for service.
Code:01405"
AC power is lost. The system will shut AC power lost. Check power supply.
01406 Error
down in 30 seconds. Code: 01406
A software exception has occurred. Adjusting priority fails.
10002 Warning
Code: 10002
Loading multi-language fails. English Loading multi-language fails.
10003 Warning
will be used as default. Code: 10003
10201 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10201 DICOM association abortion fails.

7-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10202 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10202 DICOM association request fails.
DICOM operation fails. Code: 10203 Association is rejected by DICOM
10203 Warning
server.
10204 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10204 Connection to DICOM server fails.
10205 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10205 DICOM interchange file creation fails.
10206 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10206 DICOM file or temp file creation fails.
10207 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10207 Temp folder creation fails.
10208 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10208 A bad DICOM file is accessed.
10209 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10209 DICOM file does not exist.
10210 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10210 System association destruction fails.
DICOM operation fails. Code: 10211 System disconnection from server
10211 Warning
fails.
10212 Warning DICOM verify fails. Code: 10212 DICOM verify fails.
DICOM server configuration error. DICOM server Parameters setting
10213 Warning
Code: 10213 error.
10214 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10214 DICOM application initialization fails.
10215 Warning DICOM print fails. Code: 10215 DICOM print fails.
DICOM worklist query fails. Code: DICOM worklist query fails.
10216 Warning
10216
10217 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10217 DICOM association release fails.
10218 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10218 DICOM resource file is lost.
10219 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10219 DICOM application exception occurs.
10220 Warning DICOM storage fails. Code: 10220 DICOM storage fails.
10221 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10221 DICOM Service is not supported.
10222 Warning DICOM operation fails. Code: 10222 DICOM CD Viewer files are lost.
A software exception has occurred. DICOM worklist query data parse error.
Code: 10401 Displayed when a software exception
10401 Warning occurred. Click OK button to close the
message. You can continue to take
exposure.
A software exception has occurred. Closing file fails. Displayed when a
Code: 10501 software exception occurred. Click OK
10501 Warning
button to close the message. You can
continue to take exposure.
10502 Warning Deleting image fails. Code: 10502 Deleting image file fails.
A software exception has occurred. Reading config file fails.
10503 Warning
Code: 10503

7-14
Troubleshooting

10504 Warning Reading image fails. Code: 10504 Reading image file fails.
A software exception has occurred. Writing config file fails.
10505 Warning
Code: 10505
A software exception has occurred. Writing image file writing fails.
10506 Warning
Code: 10506
A software exception has occurred. Grabber capture thread's priority error
Code: 10601 occurs. Displayed when a software
10601 Warning exception occurred. Click OK button to
close the message. You can continue
to take exposure.
A software exception has occurred. Grabber capture thread's scheduler
Code: 10602 error occurs. Displayed when a
10602 Warning software exception occurred. Click OK
button to close the message. You can
continue to take exposure.
A software exception has occurred. OpenGL thread setting fails. Displayed
Code: 10603 when a software exception occurred.
10603 Warning
Click OK button to close the message.
You can continue to take exposure.
Auto Contrast/Brightness indicator or Keyboard LED isn't available.
10604 Warning Negate indicator is not functioning.
Code:10604
Loading image processing parameter Reading IP Param file fails.
failed. Image processing parameter
10605 Warning
setting may not be optimal.
Code:10605
10801 Warning Accessing device fails. Code: 10801 Accessing device fails
The target device is not found or has The destination directory is not found
10802 Warning been removed from the USB port. or has been removed from the usb
Code: 10802 port.
There is no space for the files. Code: The space is unsupported to store the
10803 files. The current target disk doesn’t
10803 Warning have enough space to complete the
copy operation. Insert a new disk and
retry the operation.
The printer initialization fails. Code: The printer initialization fails. Check the
10804 printer and refer to operating
10804 Warning
instructions of the printer for more
information.
A software exception has occurred. There is no such view. Displayed when
Code: 10901 a software exception occurred. Click
10901 Warning
OK button to close the message. You
can continue to take exposure.

7-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

A software exception has occurred. Resource files are damaged. Displayed


Code: 10902 when a software exception occurred.
10902 Warning
Click OK button to close the message.
You can continue to take exposure.
A software exception has occurred. There is no database primary key, can
Code: 10903 not change DAP. Displayed when a
10903 Warning software exception occurred. Click OK
button to close the message. You can
continue to take exposure.
A software exception has occurred. There is no database primary key, can
Code: 10904 not change dose. Displayed when a
10904 Warning software exception occurred. Click OK
button to close the message. You can
continue to take exposure.
A software exception has occurred. There is no database primary key, can
Code: 10905 not change dose exposure Time.
Displayed when a software exception
10905 Warning
occurred. Click OK button to close the
message. You can continue to take
exposure.
A software exception has occurred. Displayed when a software exception
Code: 11201 occurred. Click OK button to close the
11201 Warning
message. You can continue to take
exposure.
One format should be selected at least. Displayed when the format is not
11202 Warning
Code: 11202 selected during DICOM print.
Maximum must be greater than Maximum must be greater than
11203 Warning
minimum. Code: 11203 minimum.
Same name DICOM server exists. Code: Same name DICOM server exists.
11204 Warning
11204
A software exception has occurred. Configuration file loading fails.
11205 Warning
Code: 11205
All text fields except gateway must be All text fields except gateway must be
11206 Warning
input. Code: 11206 input.
11207 Warning AE Title must be input. Code: 11207 AE Title is missing.
The length of password is not correct, The length of password is not correct,
11208 Warning
4-10 is acceptable. Code: 11208 4-10 is acceptable.
New password mismatches with the New password mismatches with the
11209 Warning
retyped one. Code: 11209 retyped.
11210 Warning Old password is invalid. Code: 11210 Old password is invalid.

11211 Warning IP or gateway is invalid. Code: 11211 IP or gateway is invalid. Obtain the
correct information from network

7-16
Troubleshooting

administrator.
Port number is invalid. Code: 11212 Port number is invalid. Obtain the
11212 Warning correct information from network
administrator.
Network configuration fails. Code: Network configuration fails.
11213 Warning
11213
There is invalid gateway setting in There is invalid gateway setting in
11214 Warning
DICOM printer servers. Code: 11214 DICOM printer servers.
There is invalid gateway setting in There is invalid gateway setting in
11215 Warning
DICOM storage servers. Code: 11215 DICOM storage servers.
There is invalid gateway setting in There is invalid gateway setting in
11216 Warning
DICOM worklist servers. Code: 11216 DICOM worklist servers.
DAP meter can not work normally. It DAP does not work normally. Click OK
11301 Warning results in inaccurate dose information button to close the message. You can
on exposure. Code: 11301 continue to take exposure.
Emergency switch has been pressed. If Emergency switch is pressed.
you want to start exposure, please Displayed during exposure. Release
11302 Warning
release it first. Code: 11302 the emergency switch and retry the
operation.
Since hand switch has been pressed, Hand switch is pressed during power
11303 Warning exposure will be refused. Please on. Release the switch and try again.
release hand switch first. Code: 11303
System has been locked by key Key switch is off. Displayed during
11304 Warning switch.If you want to start exposure, exposure. Rotate the key switch to on
please unlock it first. Code: 11304 position and retry the operation.
kVp is not accurate. Please call service kVp is not accurate. Calibrate kVp
11305 Warning
for calibration. Code: 11305 according to chapter 5.
mA is not accurate. Please call service mA is not accurate. Calibrate mA
11306 Warning
for calibration. Code: 11306 according to chapter 5.
Tube is hot. Continued use without Tube oil temperature is more than 63
cooling may incur overheat error and centigrade
11307 Warning
prevent X-ray for 60 minutes or more.
Code: 11307
Since foot switch has been pressed, Foot switch is pressed during power
11308 Warning exposure will be refused. Please on. Release the switch and try again.
release foot switch first. Code: 11308
UPS is abnormal. Code: 11401 Check UPS and the connected cable.
11401 Warning

UPS's battery needs to be replaced. Replace UPS battery.


11402 Warning
Code: 11402

7-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Can not detect UPS output. There is a Check UPS and connected cables.
11403 Warning
potential risk of data loss. Code: 11403
UPS connection fails. There is a Check UPS and connected cables.
11404 Warning
potential risk of data loss. Code: 11404
20001 Information The device is read only. Code: 20001 The device is read only.
No disk is found in the disk drive. Code: No disk is found in the disk drive.
20002 Information
20002
20003 Information No device is found. Code: 20003 No device is found.
The DICOM server has verified DICOM verify is successful.
20201 Information
successfully. Code: 20201
20202 Information DICOM operation fails. Code: 20202 DICOM application is busy.
20501 Information Disk is full. Code: 20501 Disk is full.
20801 Information Device is busy. Code: 20801 Device is in busy.
A software exception has occurred. Message queue creation in MM
20802 Information
Code: 20802 module fails.
There is no paper in the printer. Code: There is no paper in the local thermal
20803 Information
20803 printer.
20804 Information The printer's door is open. Code: 20804 The local thermal printer door is open.
The printer is under analog mode. It Change the printer setting as digital
20805 Information can not print through USB port. Code: mode.
20805
The paper type does not match printer Paper type does not match printer
20806 Information
setting. Code: 20806 setting. Replace the paper.
Paper scrolls in wrong direction. Open
20807 Information The printer paper scrolling fails. Code: the paper box and load paper
20807 properly.
Paper is jammed in the printer. Code: Open the paper box and take out the
20808 Information
20808 paper.
The local printer is disconnected. Code: Please check the connection of the
20809 Information
20809 printer.
System driver can not support this
20810 Information The printer type is not supported. printer. Replace the printer. Available
Code: 20810 types are: UP-990AD and UP-D897.
The temperature of printer is too high.
20811 Information The printer's thermal accessory is Please wait a moment and then
abnormal. Code: 20811 continue.
The paper entrance is wrong. Code: Paper entrance error. Put the paper
20812 Information
20812 into printer again.

7-18
Troubleshooting

7.4. Troubleshooting Guide

7-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Normal boot up process screen and control panel display:


Workstation screen

1. BIOS 2. Linux

3. Linux 4. App

Control Panel

1.MCB Ready 2.MCB & WKS Comm and Exchange information 3.Done D
Normal shut down process screen and control panel display:

WKS MCB

Normal Boot up time is 1’55” and Shut down time is 35”.

7-20
Troubleshooting

7-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

7-22
Troubleshooting

7-23
Chapter8. Replacement
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.1. FRU list


Item Part number Description Quantity

1 5326480 PWA, COLLIMATOR CONTROL BOARD, EVR 1

2 5326484 PWA, MAINFRAME CONTROLLOR BOARD, EVR 1

3 5326475 PWA, FILAMENT CONTROL BOARD, EVR 1

4 5339933 ASM, IGBT INVERTER MODULE,EVR 1

5 5326487 PWA, kV CONTROL BOARD, EVR 1

6 5326482 PWA, MOTHER BOARD, EVR 1

7 5326476 PWA, UP_DOWN DRIVE BOARD, EVR 1

8 5326479 PWA, POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD, EVR 1

9 5330056 Component, Image Frame Grabber, EVR 1

10 5325576 Generator, monoblock, EVR 1

11 5336403 ASM, COLLIMATOR, EVR 1

12 5328978 Workstation, Chassis Power, EVR 1

13 5328979 Workstation, Memory Bank, EVR 2

14 5328980 Workstation, mainboard assembly with CPU,EVR 1

15 5328981 Workstation, Display Card, EVR 1

16 5328982 Workstation, Hard Disk, EVR 1

17 5328983 Workstation, DVD-RW, EVR 1

18 5328985 Workstation, Mouse and Keyboard, EVR 1

19 5331655 Cable, Interconnect, EVR_1st type 1

20 5331597 MISC, MAIN TRANSFORMER, EVR 1

21 5331610 MISC, WORK STATION RELAY, EVR 1

22 5333060 Cable, 100/110/120V Power, EVR 1

8-2
Replacement

Item Part number Description Quantity

23 5331651 Cable, 220V Power, EVR 1

24 5331599 MISC, DC POWER SUPPLY +24V AND +5V, EVR 1

25 5331598 MISC, DC POWER SUPPLY +15V, -15V AND +5V, EVR 1

26 5331606 MISC, BREAKER FOR 110V, EVR 1

27 5331605 MISC, BREAKER FOR 220V, EVR 1

28 5331596 MISC, START UP TRANSFORMER, EVR 1

29 5329283 MISC, DRIVE POWER TRANSFORMER, EVR 1

30 5336404 FRU, FUSE KIT, EVR 1

31 5329281 MISC, RESONANT CAPACITOR, EVR 1

32 5329275 MISC, RECTIFIER BRIDGE, EVR 1

33 5331600 MISC, C_ARM POWER FILTER, EVR 1

34 5331604 MISC, POWER ON INDICATOR, EVR 1

35 5331607 MISC, WORK STATION POWER FILTER 1

36 5330055 Component, LCD monitor, EVR 1

37 5330061 Component, I.I Power Supply, EVR 1

38 5330063 Assembly, CCD Camera with CCU, EVR 1

39 5330059 Assembly, I.I with power supply, EVR (Cert. Comp.) 1

40 5330066 Component, Grid, EVR 1

41 5333080 FRU, LINEAR ACTUATOR KIT, EVR 1

42 5333084 FRU, MAINFRAME STEERING HANDLE KIT, EVR 1

43 5333085 FRU, CROSS-ARM BRAKE KIT,EVR 1

44 5333086 FRU, WIG-WAG BRAKE HANDLE KIT, EVR 1

45 5333087 FRU, ORBITAL AND ROTATIONAL BRAKE HANDLES KIT, EVR 1

46 5343599 ASM, UNIVERSAL TRUCKLE WITHOUT BRAKE, EVR 1

8-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Item Part number Description Quantity

47 5343601 ASM, UNIVERSAL TRUCKLE WITH BRAKE, EVR 1

48 5336263 ASM, ONE PEDAL FOOTSWITCH, EVR 1

49 5331609 MISC, HAND SWITCH ASSY, EVR 1

50 5330849 MISC, EMERGENCY SWITCH, EVR 1

51 5325779 ASM, FRONT WHEEL, EVR 1

52 5333094 PLASTIC, SKIN SPACER 30CM,EVR 1

53 2418430 Component, UP-D897 Thermal Printer, EVR 1

54 5333092 FRU, STEERING WHEEL PLATE KIT, EVR 1

55 5331638 MISC, EXPOSURE INDICATOR, EVR 1

56 5330067 Component, UP-990AD Thermal Printer, EVR 1

57 5333095 FRU, TUBE COVER KIT, EVR 1

58 5364175 ASM, LASERAIMER KIT IN TUBE, EVR 1

59 5329278 MISC, DC BUS CAPACITOR, EVR 1

60 5329279 MISC, DC BUS FUSE, EVR 1

61 5333096 FRU, C-ARM HANDLES KIT, EVR 1


62 5333088 FRU, WORKSTATION FRONT COVER KIT, EVR 1

63 5333099 FRU, WORKSTATION SIDE AND BACK COVERS KIT, EVR 1

64 5333100 FRU, MAINFRAME BODY COVERS ASSEMBLY, EVR 1

65 5333120 FRU, WORKSTATION TOP COVERS KIT, EVR 1

66 5333101 FRU, WORKSTATION HANDLE, EVR 1

67 5332898 Component, Video distributor for external DVI video output, EVR 1

68 5333061 Cable, Video, EVR 1

69 5326483 PWA, EXTENDED BOARD, EVR 1

70 5326478 PWA, MCB EXTENDED BOARD, EVR 1

71 5332880 ASM, CONTROL PANEL, EVR 1

8-4
Replacement

Item Part number Description Quantity


72 5241505 DAP chamber, Dose_DAP measure, EverView7500 1

73 00-878105-02 9" BEAM ALIGHMENT TOOL ASSEMBLY 1

ASM, LASER AIMER, 9 INCH ENGLISH WITH ALL LANGUAGES


74 5330473-01 1
SUPPLEMENT

75 5344737 ASM, DOUBLE FOOT SWITCH, EVR 1

76 5325571 Plastic, 9 inch II cover, EVR 1

77 5366466 Misc, UPS, EVR 1

78 5370278 PWA, UPS control board, EVR 1

79 2415148 AER Plug 1

80 2415149 CEE7 Plug, 250VAC 16A 1

81 5399115 BS546 PLUG, 250VAC 15A 1

82 5399116 BS1363A plug, 250VAC 13A 1

83 5399117 SEV1011 PLUG, 250VAC 10A 1

84 5346987 Workstation Software, EVR 1

85 5407037 Cable with plug_AFSNIT 107-2-D1 1

86 5407042 Cable with plug_AS/NZS 3112 1

87 5407045 Cable with plug_IRAM 2073 1

88 5407039 Cable with plug_NBR 14136 1

89 5408318 Cable with plug_NEMA 5-15P 1

90 5407035 Cable with plug_NEMA 5-20P 1

8-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Item Part number Description Quantity

91 5407036 Cable with plug_L6-20P 1

92 5407050 Cable with plug_SI-32 1

93 5407034 Cable with plug_NEMA 6-20P 1

94 5416178 Cable, Interconnect, EVR_2nd type 1

95 5372587 Foot switch and pocket, EVR 1

96 5331867 Cable, Bundle Asm, EVR 1

97 5416386 Cable, MF Interconnect, EVR_2nd type 1

98 5435248 Cable, Interconnect, EVR_3rd type 1

99 5435250 Cable, MF Interconnect, EVR_3rd type 1

NOTE For the 8 parts as below, field engineer must ship the failed parts to Surgery engineering in
China for autopsy in the first year after M3.
Contact:
Zhang Dounan
GE HUALUN Medical Systems Co. Ltd
No. 1 Yongchang North Road,
Beijing Economic & Technological Development Area
Beijing, P.R. China 100176
Tel: 8610-58068888

Item Part Number Part Description

1 5326484 PWA, MAINFRAME CONTROLLOR BOARD, EVR

2 5326487 PWA, KV CONTROL BOARD, EVR

3 5330056 Component, Image Frame Grabber, EVR

4 5325576 Generator, monoblock, EVR

5 5328981 Workstation, Display Card, EVR

6 5330055 Component, LCD monitor, EVR

7 5330063 Assembly, CCD Camera with CCU, EVR

8-6
Replacement

8 5332880 ASM, CONTROL PANEL, EVR

After the replacement of the four parts below, please fill in the product locator card and
mail it to local service operation office.

Item Part Number Part Description


1 5325576 Generator, monoblock, EVR

2 5330059 Assembly, I.I with power supply, EVR

3 5336403 ASM COLLIMATOR EVR


4 5364175 ASM, LASERAIMER KIT IN TUBE, EVR

The FRU list contains four special tools to be used in calibration or troubleshooting.

Item Part Number Part Description

1 5333061 Cable, Video, EVR

2 5326483 PWA, EXTENDED BOARD, EVR

3 5326478 PWA, MCB EXTENDED BOARD, EVR

4 00-878105-02 9" BEAM ALIGHMENT TOOL ASSEMBLY

8-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.2. Locations of FRU

8-8
Replacement

8-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

36
65

18

17

66
63(Right side cover)

63(Left side cover) 62

19

47
46

55

77
63 (Rear cover)

8-10
Replacement

8.3. Replacement
Electrical circuits inside the equipment use voltages that are capable of Causing serious
WARNING injury or death from electrical shock. Use appropriate precautions.
Please use specified fuse.
If the system has power applied, power off the machine and unplug the AC power cord
WARNING from the wall outlet.

NOTE For the parts below, the calibration procedure or some following action should be done
after the replacement. For detail information, please refer to the replacement procedure.

Item Part Number Description Following action


Collimator centering, MP1 board adjustment, I.I. field
size calibration, limiting field size check, ABS check,
1 5326480 PWA, COLLIMATOR CONTROL BOARD, EVR resolution check, DAP and dose calibration
PWA, MAINFRAME CONTROLLOR BOARD, KV, mA, mAs calibration, ABS tracking check, DAP and
2 5326484 EVR dose calibration
mA, mAs calibration, ABS tracking check, DAP and
3 5326475 PWA, FILAMENT CONTROL BOARD, EVR dose calibration
KV, mA, mAs calibration, ABS tracking check, DAP and
4 5326487 PWA, KV CONTROL BOARD, EVR dose calibration
5 5325576 Generator, monoblock, EVR Whole calibration procedure in chapter5
Collimator centering, MP1 board adjustment, I.I. field
size calibration, limiting field size check, ABS check,
6 5336403 ASM, COLLIMATOR, EVR resolution check, DAP and dose calibration
7 5328982 Workstation, Hard Disk, EVR Reinstall OS and Application software
8 5330061 Component, I.I Power Supply, EVR Beam alignment
9 5330063 Assembly, CCD Camera with CCU, EVR Beam alignment
10 5330059 Assembly, I.I with power supply, EVR Beam alignment
11 5364175 ASM, LASERAIMER KIT IN TUBE, EVR Laser aimer in tube calibration
12 5241505 DAP chamber and adjustment tool DAP and dose calibration
ASM, LASER AIMER, 9 INCH ENGLISH
Laser aimer on I.I. calibration
13 5330473-01 WITH ALL LANGUAGES SUPPLEMENT

14 5330055 Component, LCD monitor, EVR Brightness and contrast adjustment if necessary

8-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.1. Covers
Never allow anyone to use the system when any C-arm cover is removed. Use extreme
WARNING caution if you intend to troubleshoot the equipment with the covers off and power
applied. Failure to heed this warning may result death, personal injury, or equipment
damage.

C-Arm covers
You must remove the rear cover prior to the front cover.
You can remove the Cross-arm bearing cover, X-ray tube cover and Image Intensifier cover in any order.
Set the brakes before attempting to remove C-Arm covers.
NOTE

Follow these steps to remove the C-Arm covers:


1. Disconnect AC power plug from AC outlet.
2. Remove four plastic plugs. Then loosen four screws that secure rear cover to C-Arm.
3. Draw out rear cover away from C-Arm.
4. Remove one piece of upper weight on each side. Then using the screwdriver to remove the four
screws on the front cover. Avoid electric shock with great care.
5. Remove two screws in footswitch dock in front of cover. Loosen two cable protectors of power
cable.
6. Slowly move front cover away from C-Arm.

Install the covers in reverse sequence (Front cover prior to rear cover). The torque to
NOTE
screw the C-Arm front cover is 2.5Nm. The torque to screw the rear cover is 5.8Nm.

8-12
Replacement

Workstation covers
You must remove these workstation covers in the following sequence:
1. Rear Cover
2. Left and Right lower side covers
3. Front Cover
4. Left and right upper side covers
Follow these steps to remove the workstation covers:
1. Loosen eight screws of the rear cover. Remove the rear cover.

2. Pull out lower cover on each side.

8-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3. Remove the 2 screws on each side of the front cover and 2 screws in the upside of the printer
cabinet as below. Remove the front cover.

4. Loose the screw and disassemble two workstation handles.

5. Remove the screws on each side and remove the left and right upper side covers.

Install the covers in reverse sequence.


NOTE The torque requirement to fasten the screws that secure the rear and side covers is
2.5Nm.
The torque requirement to fasten the screws that secure the front cover is 5.8Nm.

8-14
Replacement

Upper Covers

NOTE Rear cover must be removed before upper covers can be removed.

1. Loose the screws and remove the monitor support cover. If the cover fit is tight, use two palms
impulse upward on each side of the cover with moderate force continuously until the cover is
pulled out.

2. Remove the screws that secure the rear top cover. Remove the rear top cover.

8-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

3. Loose the screws on the sheet metal. Then you can remove the sheet metal.

4. Remove all screws that secure the front top cover. And remove the front top cover.

Replace the new top cover kits and install them in reverse sequence. The torque of the screws that
secure the top covers is 2.5Nm.

8-16
Replacement

8.3.2. Brake, Handle and Wheel


Lateral Rotation Brake, Orbital Movement brake and Wig-Wag brake have the same replacement
procedure:
1. Make sure the brake is set.
2. Loosen the screw that secures the handle to C-arm.

3. Remove the handle.


4. Install the new handle and fasten the screw. Pay attention to keep the original assembling
direction.
5. Release the brake. Move the C-arm and verify that you can lock C-arm by placing the brake in
lock position.
Horizontal Movement Brake
1. Make sure the horizontal movement brake is set.
2. Loosen 2 screws from horizontal brake handle and Remove the handle.

3. Remove the screws of the cross arm cover and remove the cover.
4. Loosen the screws of the plate cover of the brake and remove the cover.
5. Replace the brake pad assembly.

8-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

6. Reassemble the covers of the cross arm.


7. Replace the new horizontal movement handle. Pay attention to keep the original assembling
direction.
8. Place the handle in unlock position. Verify that you can push or pull the cross arm and lock the
cross arm by placing the brake handle in lock position.
C-Arm Steering Handle
1. Remove the 2 screws of the steering handle.

2. Remove the handle.


3. Install the new handle and fasten the screws. Pay attention to keep the original assembling
direction.
4. Verify that the steering handle can turn the rear wheel.
Front wheel of the C-arm
Lift up the side of the C-arm carefully and keep the balance of the C-arm. Loose the screws and
remove the wheel according to the bomb drawing below:

Replace the new wheel. Move the C-arm and verify that the C-arm can move freely.

8-18
Replacement

Rear wheel of the C-arm


The FRU part for the rear wheel provides the 2 plates and cable pushers (P/N: 5333092).
1. Lift up the side of the C-arm carefully and keep the balance of the C-arm. Remove the label cover
on the wheel plate. Then unscrew the exposed screws on the protection cover. Then remove the
protection cover. Remove the spring ring on wheel shaft.

2. Remove the plate of the wheel. Loose the screws and then remove the cable pusher.

3. Replace the new parts and reassemble the all the parts.
4. Move the C-arm and verify that the C-arm can move freely.

8-19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Universal truckle of workstation


The workstation has two kinds of the truckle: the universal truckle with brake (P/N: 5343601) and the
universal without brake (P/N: 5343599). The FRU part contained the wheel and cable pusher.
1. Lift up the side of the C-arm carefully and keep the balance of the workstation.
2. Loose the nut and remove the truckle. Then replace the truckle with a new one.

Universal truckle with brake (P/N: 5343601) Universal without brake (P/N: 5343599)
3. Move the workstation and verify that the workstation can move freely.

8-20
Replacement

8.3.3. Generator
1. Remove the tube cover.
2. Unplug the cables connected to collimator. Unscrew the three screws that secured the collimator
and remove it.

3. Disconnect the cables. Underlay the generator to prevent it from falling. Loosen the screws and
replace the generator.

Torque to
10.1Nm during
installation

4. Reassemble the collimator. Boot up the system.


5. Perform calibration procedure in chapter5.
6. Shut down the system.
7. Cover the X-ray tube assembly. Fasten the screws with the torque to 0.56Nm.

If the X-ray tube is not powered for more than 3 months, it should be warm first according to section 5.5.

8-21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.4. Collimator
1. Position the C-arm for easy access. Remove the tube cover. Loosen screws and replace the
collimator.

2. Power on the system.


3. Select fluoroscopy mode and make sure to enable Automatic Technique.
4. During the exposure, press the shutter close and open button to check if the movement of the
leaf is smooth.
5. Close the shutter all the way to the limit.
6. Select fluoroscopy mode to take exposure.
7. Verify that the shutter’s rotation is at the center of the blanking circle. Otherwise, loosen the
screws that secure the shutter and adjust the shutter position. (Refer to Section 5.6.4 for Shutter
Centering calibration).
8. Fasten shutter position securing screws.
9. Close the iris a bit, and select fluoroscopy mode to take exposure. Verify that the iris edge is
shown as balanced along the boundary of the displayed image around all angles. Otherwise,
loosen the screw that secures the iris, and adjust the iris position. (Refer to Section 5.6.4 for
Collimator Iris Centering calibration).
10. Fasten iris position securing screws.
11. Remove the rear cover of the console and the PCB box cover. Extend the MP1 board with extend
board (5326483). Select the radioscopy mode. Adjust the resistor POT303 on the collimator board.
Open the collimator leafs to maximum position. The voltage measured on the two poles of the
drive motor should be less than 3V.
12. Restart system.
13. Connect Iris (see below Fig for reference). Install it on its position but don’t screw down.
14. Take off the bridge gear. Close the IRIS manually.

8-22
Replacement

Take off the


Bridge Gear
15. Press the IRIS close Icon for more than 10s, and then adjust the resistor on the IRIS until the
motor doesn’t rotate. Keep the motor resting and install the bridge well.
16. Select the manual fluoroscope mode and take exposure. Verify the IRIS field is at the center of the
blanking circle. Screw down the fastening nuts.
17. Open the IRIS to maximum and take exposure. Adjust the POT302 on the collimator control board
to make the X-ray field in tangent with blanking circle, and slightly outside the blanking circle. If
the iris edge is not clear on the image, turn on Automatic B&C first, and adjust contrast around 50
to better define iris edge.
18. Place the Beam Alignment Fixture Tool (9 inch) in front of the Image Intensifier. Close the IRIS to
minimum and take an exposure to measure the minimum field size is less than 45mm. Otherwise,
repeat the step17 and step 19.
19. Select MAG1 field mode. Take exposure and adjust the POT2 to make the X-ray field in tangent
with blanking field, and slightly outside the blanking circle. If the iris edge is not clear on the
image, turn on Automatic B&C first, and adjust contrast around 50 to better define iris edge.
20. Select MAG2 field mode. Take exposure and adjust the POT1 to make the X-ray field in tangent
with blanking field, and slightly outside the blanking circle. If the iris edge is not clear on the
image, turn on Automatic B&C first, and adjust contrast around 50 to better define iris edge.
21. Select the radioscopy mode. Adjust the resistor POT304 on the collimator board let the IRIS open
to maximum position but the voltage measured on the two poles of the drive motor less than 3V.
22. Perform Collimator Centering (5.6.4), I.I. field size check and calibration (5.6.5), limiting field size
check (5.6.6).
23. Power off and assemble all the covers.
German regulatory required that the collimator has to be visible on two sides of the image,
NOTE which are not opposite. For the system installed in German, adjust collimator iris until the
collimator meet the requirement as below.

8-23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.5. PCBs
Collimator control board (MP1 board) (P/N: 5326480)
1. Remove the rear cover of the console and the PCB box cover.
2. Take off the collimator control board (MP1 board) and insert a new one.

3. Refer to chapter 8.3.4 for collimator control board calibration.


4. Perform I.I. field size check and calibration (5.6.5), limiting field size check (5.6.6), ABS tracking
procedure (5.6.7), resolution check (5.6.8), DAP and dose calibration (3.7.5).

Mainframe Control Board (MCB board) (P/N: 5326484)


1. Remove the rear cover of C-Arm console.
2. Unscrew the screws of PCB box cover and remove it.

8-24
Replacement

3. Remove the MCB board and insert a new one.


4. Perform kV (section 5.2.2), mA (section 5.3.2) and mAs (section 5.4.2) calibration procedure in
chapter 5.
5. Perform ABS Tracking check and adjustment (section 5.6.7) procedure in chapter 5.
6. Perform DAP and dose calibration in section 3.7.5.

Error 01332 may occur when Brivo OEC 850 system boot up with a new MCB installed.
NOTE Please do not shut down the system by pressing the confirm button. Instead, hold down
Ctrl+Shift+Alt key and press ”E”, ”V”, ”R” keys orderly and invoke the service tool first. Then,
refer to the chapter 5 and follow the instructions to finish the calibrate process.

Filament Control Board (MP4 board) (P/N: 5326475)


1. Remove the rear cover of C-Arm console.
2. Unscrew the screws of PCB box cover and remove it.

3. Extend the new MP4 board with extend board (5326483). Perform mA check and calibration
(section 5.3), mAs check and calibration (section 5.4) procedure.
4. Remove the extend board. Insert the new MP4 board and lock in place.
5. Perform ABS Tracking check and adjustment (section 5.6.9) procedure in chapter 5.
6. Perform DAP and dose calibration in section 3.7.5.
7. Install the rear cover of C-arm console.

8-25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Mother board (P/N: 5326482)


1. Remove the rear cover of C-Arm console.
2. Unscrew the screws of PCB box cover and remove it. Remove the MP1, MCB and MP4 board.
3. Unscrew the screws and remove the PCB box.

4. Unplug all cables connected to the motherboard and then remove the metal cover.

5. Loose the screws and replace a new mother board.


6. Reassembly the metal cover. Connect the cables according to the label of the cable and the mark
on metal cover.
7. Install the PCB box and insert the MP1, MCB and MP4 board. Install the PCB box cover and C-arm
console cover.
8. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the system works normally.

8-26
Replacement

kV control board (P/N: 5326487)


1. Remove the rear cover of C-Arm console.
2. Unplug all cables connected to kV control board (KJ1, KJ2, KJ3, KJ4, KJ5, KJ6, KJ7).

3. Unscrew the four screws that secured the board. Replace the new kV control board. Connect all
cables.
4. Perform kV (section 5.2), mA (section 5.3) and mAs (section 5.4) check and calibration procedure in
chapter 5.
5. Perform ABS Tracking check and adjustment (section 5.6.7) procedure in chapter 5.
6. Perform DAP and dose calibration in section 3.7.5.

8-27
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

IGBT inverter module (P/N: 5339933)


1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm console.
2. Loose the four screws and remove the shield cover.

3. Disconnect all cables connected to IGBT board and the cables to the fan.
Remain the screws on the board as below after disconnect the cable. Be careful not to break the pins.

4. Loose the screws that secured the IGBT module and replace a new one.
5. Connect all cables to IGBT module according to the labels on the cable and the mark on board.
(Note: C2 to M1,C1 to P1,C4 to M2,C3 to P2,IGBT+ to P2, IGBT- to N2, yellow line to T1,
black line to T2)
6. Reassembly the shield cover and the rear cover of console.
Make sure that all cables are connected before you power on the system. Otherwise, the
WARNING IGBT assembly will be damaged.

7. Power on the system. Take exposure and verify the system works normally.

8-28
Replacement

Power Distribution Board (PDU) (P/N: 5326479)


1. Power off the system and disconnect C-arm’s AC plug from the AC receptacle.
2. Remove the covers of console.
3. Disconnect the cabling (PJ1, PJ3, PJ4, PJ5, PJ6, P1) from the PCB board.
4. Remove screws of PDU board.

Note: The nylon pillar


washer may fall off.

5. Remove the PDU board.


6. Put the insulation washer and new PDU board on position and tighten the screws.
7. Plug the wires (PJ1, PJ3, PJ4, PJ5, PJ6, P1) in the corresponding socket.

8-29
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8. The default power supply is AC 220V power input. If your power supply is 110V, adjust the
jumpers (PJ9 and PJ10) according to wiring diagram. Refer to chapter 3.3 for details.
9. Reinstall the covers of console and restart system to confirm system can power on and take
exposure. Check all functions can work normally.

Up-down Drive Board (P/N: 5326476)


1. Power off the system and disconnect C-arm’s AC plug from the AC receptacle.
2. Remove the covers of console.
3. Disconnect the cabling (J1, J2, J3) of up down drive board.

4. Remove four screws that secure Up-down drive board to chassis. Notice that there are four pillar
washers behind the board.
5. Remove old up-down drive board.
6. Install replacement up down drive PCB. Plug the cables to corresponding connectors (J1, J2, J3).
7. Reinstall the covers. Restart system and press lift and down vertical column switches to verify.

8-30
Replacement

UPS control board (P/N: 5370278)


1. Remove the rear cover of the workstation.
2. Disconnect all cables connected to UPS control board.

3. Loose the screws that secured the board. Remove the board and replace a new one.
4. Functional check: Power on the system. After the booting up process complete, unplug the AC
power cord. Verify that the UPS can supply power to workstation until the system can shut down
completely.

Control panel (including membrane, display board and support board)


(P/N: 5332880)
1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm.
2. Disconnect all cables connected to control panel.
3. Loose the screws that secure the control panel and remove the metal shield strips. Then remove
the control panel.

4. Replace a new control panel and connect the cables. Install the C-arm cover.
5. Functional check: Power on the system. Pressing the buttons and verify that relative indicator can
light.

8-31
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.6. Parts in Computer and Peripheral


Perform the procedures below to replace the parts of computer.
1. Remove the rear cover of the workstation. Unplug the cables from the computer.
2. Loosen the screws of the computer cover. Lift up and remove the cover.

3. Remove the baffle in the computer.

4. You can replace the FRU parts (such as the hard disk, display card, Memory Bank, mother board,
image grabber card and Chassis Power) in the computer.

8-32
Replacement

Chassis Power
Image Grabber card
Mother board
Display Card

Memory Bank

Hard disk

Cut off the binding tie before removing the memory bank. And replace a new one to
NOTE secure the memory bank after the replacement.
Grabber card shall not be installed in the slot beside Display card.
There are two hard disks in the computer. One is data disk, and the other is system disk. During
replacement of the hard disk, please identify the disk by label on the disk. The labels on one end of the
SATA data cables, which marked “SYSTEM” or “DATA”, are used to connect the cable to the corresponding
disk. The other ends of the SATA data cables are connected to SATA ports on the mother board. Connect
system SATA cable to SATA1, data SATA cable to SATA2 and DVD ROM SATA cable to SATA4. After
replacement of either hard disk, you should reinstall both OS and Application software. Refer to
section6.3.1.

SATA
system
SATA
data SATA ports

8-33
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Functional check: Power on the system. After login the Patient information screen, enter the patient
information and verify that you can enter normally. Create a new exam and take exposure. Verify the
system can work normally and the image will display on the left monitor.
If you have replaced the SYSTEM hard disk and backup the user data, you should also verify that the
original user data and images are remain in the system.

Peripheral
According to the drawing attached to the computer to install the mouse (connect to port2), keyboard
(connect to port3) and DVD RW (connect to 16 and 17).

After replacing the mouse, power on the system and move the mouse. Verify that the mouse can
move freely.
After replacing the keyboard, power on the system. Use the keyboard to enter words to Patient
information screen to verify the keyboard.
After replacing the DVD RW, power on the system. Perform CD/DVD check in section 3.6.2.

8-34
Replacement

8.3.7. Exposure Indicator


Perform the procedures below to replace exposure indicator:
1. Unscrew the 2 screws on the strip cover. Remove the strip cover.

2. Unplug the cable connected to the indicator. And then remove the four screws on the sheet
metal support of the indicator.

3. Loose the three screws and then you can remove the exposure indicator and replace it with a
new one. Assemble the sheet metal support back onto monitors. Then assemble the strip covers
back.

4. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the exposure indicator lights during exposure.

8-35
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.8. Monitors
To prevent monitor power lost, a binding is used to fix the monitor power plug (see the
CAUTION picture in step6). The binding is provided with the monitor FRU. Make sure the binding is
still used after the monitor replacement.
Perform the procedures below to replace the monitors.
1. Loosen the screw and remove the monitor receptacle access cover. Cut the tying strip on power
cable and pull out the two cables. Make mark on cables to identify which monitor they should
connect to.

Strip cover

2. Remove the strip cover of the exposure indicator wiring.


3. Loosen the screws of the block that secure the cables. And then loosen the screws on the sheet
metal support and remove it.

Remove the sheet metal

4. Remove the sheet metal support of the exposure indicator.


5. Unscrew the four screws on the monitor and remove the monitor.

8-36
Replacement

6. Install the new monitor and reset all parts and cables. Make sure the binding is still used after the
monitor replacement.

Binding

7. Power on the system. The left monitor of workstation will display GE logo screen. The right
monitor will enter into the PATIENT INFORMATION Screen automatically. Perform the brightness
and contrast adjustment in section5.8 if necessary.
The video cable (P/N: 5333061) is used for troubleshooting. Disconnect the DVI cable from the left
monitor. Connect the CCU V4 and left monitor VGA interface with the video cable. Verify if there is
image displayed on left monitor.

8-37
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.9. CCD Camera with CCU


Dangerous voltage levels are present when covers are removed from the C-arm.
WARNING

To prevent CCU/camera damage, make sure that you power off the system first when you
CAUTION
need to remove or insert the CCU power plug.

To prevent ESD damage to both the old and the new CCD Camera and CCU, make sure that
CAUTION you are grounded with a properly functioning write strap before handling any ESD
sensitive electronic components.

NOTE
CCD and CCU are contained in one kit (P/N: 5330063). If one component fails, you have to
replace both CCU and CCD together.

Step 1. Replace CCD Camera


1. Power off the system.
2. Position the C-arm for easy access.
3. Remove the I.I. cover.
4. Disassemble Camera cable plug-in port.
5. Disconnect the Camera Head Cable from the Camera Head by unscrewing 2 Camera Cable
securing screw.
6. Loosen 4 Camera alignment screws.

EMI Shield
Securing Screw

Camera
Securing Screw

Camera Head
Cable

Camera cable
plug-in port
disassembled

EMI Shield

8-38
Replacement

Camera
Alignment
Screws (there
are 4 screws
with 90 degrees
apart)

7. Remove the screws, which fasten the weight. And remove the weight. Pay attention to original
mounting direction.
8. Remove 3 Camera fastening screws. And remove the old Camera from the I.I.. Pay attention to
original mounting direction.
9. Remove the EMI Shield by unscrewing 6 screws. Pay attention to original mounting direction.
10. Unwrap and prepare new camera to be assembled immediately in the next step.

NOTE
Be careful not to touch the camera lens or I.I. output lens.
11. Assemble the new Camera on the I.I, and tighten 3 Camera Securing screws. Pay attention to the
mounting direction of camera on I.I.. The camera direction should be as below:

12. Assemble the EMI cover. Pay attention to the direction. Then assemble the weight.
13. Tighten 4 camera adjustment screws with moderate torque.
14. Connect the Camera Head Cable.

8-39
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Step2. Replace CCU


1. Power off the system. Unplug the power cable.
2. Remove the Front and Rear Covers of the Mainframe.
3. Disconnect all the cables on the CCU (V3-FrameSync, CHB-Video, DB9, DB25, 24V Power).
4. Unscrew the 3 CCU Securing Screws.

3 CCU
Securing
Screws

5. Slide the CCU to the left, and pull out the CCU to remove from the Mainframe.
6. Remove the CCU Securing Bracket from the old CCU, and assemble it to the new CCU.
7. Open the new CCU cover.

CCU Securing
Bracket

CCU Cover
opened

8. Check the jumper settings on the CCU.

N30 PWR20
NDR ADV0

1 1 J8
2 2 1 23
J7
3 J53 J6 1 23
1
2 R61 R52 R47 R48
3
J4

R101 R100 R84 R79 R106

8-40
Replacement

Parameter CODE DESCRIPTION Setup Criteria


It is used to enable shading regulations
SHADING ENABLE J4 J4 ON: position 1-2
(J4 ON: position 1-2, J4 OFF: position 2-3)

It is used to enable the Auto White Level.


AUTO WTH J5 J5 OFF: position 2-3
(J5 ON: position 1-2, J5 OFF: position 2-3)

It is used to enable the Auto black Level.


AUTO BLK J6 J6 OFF: position 2-3
(J6 ON: position 1-2, J6 OFF: position 2-3)

Controls the KV control modality. J7: position 2-3


KV CONTROL
J7-J8
MODALITY (J7-J8 UP/DOWN mode: position 1-2, J7-J8 ANALOG mode: J8: position 2-3
position 2-3)

9. Assemble the new CCU (with CCU cover open) back to the mainframe.
10. Connect the cables back to CCU (V3-FrameSync, CHB-Video, DB9, DB25, 24V Power).

24V - DB25
Power
CHA CHB

DB9 - V3 - V4
CameraHead FrameSync

11. Plug in the system power cable, and power on the system.
Step 3. Calibrate the CCU
A. Black level setting
Parameter CODE DESCRIPTION Setup Criteria
40~60mV from CHA respect
BLACK LEVEL R101 Ad just black level pedestal (BOTTOM BLACK).
referring video level

a. Disconnect DB 25 connector from the CCU.


b. Measure Video Output voltage in Channel A (CHA) with Oscilloscope. This is DC signal. Use
horizontal precision of 10~50msec/div.
c. Adjust the R101 potentiometer in the CCU, so that the Video Output voltage becomes 40~60mV
from CHA with respect to referring video level.
B. AutoKV Level and Window
Parameter CODE DESCRIPTION Setup Criteria
Increase or decrease the sensibility of the automatic KV
AUTO KV Anti-clockwise maximum limit (all
R106 control. This feature is very useful in according to adapt the
WINDOW CCD camera N33 for any kind of X-ray generator
the way to the left)

Adjust to get –80~0mV when


AUTO KV LEVEL R79 Set the value of AUTO KV
there is no x-ray

8-41
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

1. Disconnect DB 25 connector from the CCU.


2. Measure the average kV+ signal when measured directly on Pin1 port of DB25 to be –80~0mV
without any X-ray shots. (Use horizontal precision of 10~50msec/div)

1
+KV 1
2
GND
-KV 1

3
ROT
ND FILTER 1
4 ROT
AUTO OFF
1
5 HALF GAIN
NOT USED
1
NOT USED
6 NOT USED
1
7
NOT USED NOT USED
2
8
ROI NOT USED
2
9
INVH DRF
2
10
FREEZE-A INVV
2
11
LIH FREEZE-B
2
12
X16 FILTER X4 FILTER
2
13
X8 FILTER X0 FILTER

3. Adjust R106 (Auto kV Window) potentiometer all the way to the left (anti-clock-wise).
4. Adjust R79 (Auto kV Level) potentiometer, so that the KV+ signal (average) becomes –80~0 mV.
5. Adjust POT1 on Mainframe MCB board, so that measured voltage at TP16 on MCB board is 0V.

NOTE From here, follow the whole procedures in Section 5.6. Beam Alignment Procedure.

8-42
Replacement

8.3.10. Image Intensifier with power supply


I.I. with Power Supply
Perform the procedures below to replace the image intensifier with power supply (P/N: 5330059).
1. Position the C-arm for easy access. Remove the I.I. back cover. Remove CCD camera, EMI cover,
weight and all cables according to the procedure in section 8.3.9. Remember to remove the
covers of the two big connectors, otherwise, the cables can not be pulled out.
2. Loose the four screws that secured the image intensifier and remove the image intensifier.

3. Replace a new I.I. with power supply. Reassemble the CCD camera, EMI cover, weight and all
cables.
4. Perform section 5.6 Beam alignment procedure.

I.I. Power supply


There’s another FRU for I.I. power supply (P/N: 5330061). During the replacement of the power supply,
replace the new power supply after step2.
1. Disconnect all cables connected to the power supply. Loose the screws on I.I. back cover.

2. Replace the new power supply. Connect the cables and reassembly the I.I. cover.
3. Perform section 5.6 beam alignment procedure.

8-43
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

8.3.11. UPS
1. Remove the rear and front covers of the workstation.
2. Loose the screws that secured UPS assembly.

3. Disconnect the power cable connected to UPS. Use the handle to remove the UPS.
4. Replace a new UPS and reassemble the parts. Connect the cable.
5. Plug the UPS battery connector.

6. Connect the interconnect cable to C-arm. Plug the power cord into appropriate AC receptacle.
Test
Voltage
increase
Overload
Power on On Battery Indicator
indicator
Replace
Voltage battery
Decrease

Off

8-44
Replacement

7. Press and hold UPS “test” button for several seconds to initiate a self-test. The workstation will
start up and enter BIOS. There will be a message to inform that there’s no AC power and need to
shut down.
8. Press “off” button to turn off the UPS.
9. Power on the system. Verify that the system can power on normally. Power off the system. Verify
that the system can shut down with no error.
10. Install all the covers of the workstation.

8.3.12. Misc Parts


Rectifier Bridge (P/N: 5329275)
1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Remove the kV control board according to 8.3.5.
2. Disconnect the cables connected to the rectifier bridge.

3. Loose the screw and replace a new part.


4. Plug the cables to the relative jacks.

AC +

_ AC

5. Reassemble all the parts.


6. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the system can work normally.

8-45
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Drive Power transformer (P/N: 5329283)


1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Remove the kV control board according to 8.3.5.
2. Cut off the binding tie. Disconnect the wires of the transformer, which are connected to J2.

3. Loose the screws and replace a new transformer. Connect the wires and bind the wires with the
binding tie to make a good layout.
4. Reassemble all the parts.
5. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the system can work normally.
Main Transformer (P/N: 5331597)
1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Unscrew the three screws and open the package box.
2. Cut off the binding tie. Disconnect the wires of the transformer, which are connected to J1 and J2.

3. Loose the secure screws and remove the transformer.


4. Replace a new one. Connect the wires and bind them with binding tie to make a good wire layout.
5. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete
software boot and initialization with no errors reported on their displays. Select the film mode,
take exposure with 80mAs, 110kVp. Verify that the system can work normally.

8-46
Replacement

Start Up transformer (P/N: 5331596)


1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Unscrew the three screws and open the package box.
2. Cut off the binding tie. Disconnect the wires of the transformer, which are connected to PDU
board PJ4 and ground.

3. Loose the secure screws and remove the transformer.


4. Replace a new one. Connect the wires and make a good wire layout.
5. Power on the system. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete software boot and
initialization with no errors reported on their displays.
DC Power Supply
1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Unscrew the three screws and open the package box. The
parts are on the back of the package.

DC power supply
+15V, -15V and DC power
+5V (P/N: supply +24V
5331598) and +5V (P/N:
5331599)

2. Disconnect all cables connected to the power supply. Loose the screws and replace a new part.
3. Connect the cables according to the labels. Reassemble all parts.
4. Power on the system. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete software boot and
initialization with no errors reported on their displays.

8-47
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

DC bus capacitor (P/N: 5329278)


1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Unscrew the three screws and open the package box. The
part is on the back of the package.
There are two capacitors here but only one in FRU kit. Please identify the trouble for the part to
determine the quantity of FRU parts.

DC bus
capacitor

CAUTION Do not touch the capacitors unless power has been completely removed and they have
been discharged.

2. Disconnect the cables. Unscrew the secured screw and remove the capacitor.
3. Replace a new one. Reassemble all the parts.
4. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the system can work normally.
Resonant Capacitor (P/N:5329281) and DC bus fuse (P/N:5329279)
1. Remove the rear cover of the C-arm. Unscrew the three screws and open the package box.
2. Disconnect the cables connected to the resonant capacitor (P/N: 5329281) or DC bus fuse (P/N:
5329279). Loose the screws and replace a new one.

Resonant
capacitor DC bus fuse
(P/N: 5329281) (P/N: 5329279)

3. Power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the system can work normally.

8-48
Replacement

Breaker
Brivo OEC850 provides 110V breaker (P/N: 5331606) and 220V breaker (P/N: 5331605).
1. Remove the rear cover and front cover of the C-arm. Unplug the cable connected to the circuit
breaker.

2. Loose the screws and remove the breaker. Then replace a new breaker.
3. Connect the cables to the breaker and reassemble the parts.
4. Power on the system. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete software boot and
initialization with no errors reported on their displays.

C-arm Power filter (P/N: 5331600)


There are two power filters in the C-arm console.
One is behind the kV control board. You should remove the kV control board first.

8-49
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

The other is on the base near the breaker. You should remove the rear and front covers of the C-arm
console first.
Connect the cable according to the schematic on the filter:

After the replacement, power on the system and take exposure. Verify that the system can work
normally.
Power on Indicator (P/N: 5331604)
1. Remove the rear and front covers of the C-arm console.
2. Unplug the wires connected to the power on indicator.

3. Remove the indicator and replace a new one.


4. Connect the AC cord to the socket. Verify that the power on indicator will light.

8-50
Replacement

Workstation Power filter (P/N: 5331607)


1. Remove the workstation rear cover. Remove the UPS control board first.

Workstation
power filter

2. Unplug the cable connected to the filter.


3. Loose the screws and remove the filter. Replace a new part and connect the cable according to
the schematic on the filter.
4. Reassemble the parts. Power on the system. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete
software boot and initialization with no errors reported on their displays.
Workstation Replay (P/N: 5331610)

Loose the screws and remove the mounting. Loose the screws and unplug the wires connected to the
relay mounting. Replace a new one.
Power on the system. Verify that the workstation and C-arm complete software boot and initialization
with no errors reported on their displays. Shut down the system and verify the system can shut down
normally.

8-51
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Interconnect cable
(1st type P/N: 5331655; 2nd type P/N: 5416178; 3rd type P/N: 5435248)

NOTE The three kinds of interconnect cable are defined as FRU. Please note that refer
corresponding part number to order appropriate interconnect cable.

P/N: 5331655 P/N: 5416178

P/N: 5435248
Unscrew the sleeve of the interconnect cable. Cut off the binding tie. Unplug the wires of the cable from
the socket. And then draw the cable out.

Replace the new cable. Insert and connect the wires to each port with a good wire layout.

8-52
Replacement

Power on the system. Verify that the Workstation and C-Arm complete software booting up and
initialization with no errors reported on their displays. Shut down the system and verify the system can
shut down normally.

Grid (P/N: 5330066)


Loose the screws and remove the grid. Replace a new one. Notice the two white dot marks on the grid
for the direction.

Fuse kit
The kit contains 13 kinds of fuse. You can choose the fuse to replace according to the requirement.
Ref. Part number Description Can be used
ASM, Install plate assebmly,
FUSE5, FUSE6 5331602 Misc, fuse model 6.3A, EVR 5330588
EVR (J1 transformer)
ASM, Install plate assebmly,
FUSE3, FUSE4 5331601 MISC, FUSE MODEL 1A, EVR 5330588
EVR (J1 transformer)

Fuse,Fast-Acting,Ampere
F1 5398495 Rating-2.5A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


F2 5398496 Rating-1.6A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


F3 5398497 Rating-1A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse,Time Lag, Ampere


F4 5398499 Rating-6.3A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

8-53
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

F5, F6, F7, F8, Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


5398500 Rating-0.5A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
F10
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


F9 5398501 Rating-0.1A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


F11 5398502 Rating-0.63A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


F12, F14 5398503 Rating-2A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm

Fuse, Fast-Acting, Ampere


F13 5398504 Rating-3.15A,Voltage Rating- 5326482 PWA, mother board, EVR
250V,5x20 mm
FL_L,FL_N,FL_L1, 5mm x 20mm Fuses PWA, power distribution
5337466 5326479
FL_N1 250V .25A Time Lag _Slo-Blo board, EVR
5mm x 20mm Fuses 250V
FUSE1,FUSE2 5337461 5326476 PWA, up-down drive board
3.15A Time Lag_Slo-Blo

8.3.13. Linear Actuator


1. Remove the C-arm console covers. Rotate the C-arm to the horizontal position. Lock the orbital,
wig-wag and lateral brakes.

2. Loosen 2 screws from horizontal brake handle and remove the handle.

8-54
Replacement

3. Remove the screws of the cross arm cover and remove the cover.

4. Loose the screws and remove the rear plate. Remove the pin in the shaft.

5. Put something (Wood strip or other kind of support) under console to prevent the whole base to
tilt backward.
6. Loosen the screws on cable holder and release the cable. Draw out the C-arm and Cross-arm
assembly slowly.

8-55
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

7. Use something (for example, wood bar) to block up the C-arm. And put something on ground and
on left of base (for example, cardboard). Overturn the C-arm console to left side.

8. Remove the bottom cover under the linear actuator. And then remove the lower pin.

9. Unplug the J3 from the up down drive board. Cut off the 2 wires. Cut off the binding tie and then
draw out the cable from the hole.

8-56
Replacement

10. Open the package box. Remove the screws on the top end of external column, and remove the
side cover. Remove the plug on inner column. Screw a M4 screw (Length is more than 25 mm)
into the screw hold on actuator upper pin and draw the pin out.

11. Draw out the linear actuator from the bottom.

12. Replace a new linear actuator and reassemble the parts. Plug the wire into the connector. And
then insert the connector to J3 of the up down drive board.

8-57
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

13. Insert the pin with M4 screw into the hole and check if the pin is in the axis of the linear actuator.
Unscrew the M4 screw and tighten the plug on the hole. Lock the pin on the bottom of the linear
actuator and put the cover back.
14. Turn back the base assembly and reassemble all the parts.
15. Connect the interconnect cable and power on the system. Press the up and down key on control
panel and verify that the C-arm can rise and drop freely.

8-58
Replacement

8.3.14. Switch
Hand switch (P/N: 5331609)
1. Remove the rear and front cover of the C-arm console. Disconnect the cable from the hand
switch.

2. Loose the screw that secured the hand switch cable.

3. Remove the hand switch and replace a new one.


4. Power on the system. Press the hand switch to take exposure. Verify that the image will display
on the left monitor.
One pedal Footswitch (P/N: 5336263)
Insert the footswitch to the connector. Power on the system. Press the footswitch to take exposure.
Verify that the image will display on the left monitor.
Emergency Switch (P/N: 5330849)
1. Remove the rear and front cover of the C-arm console. Disconnect the cable connected to
mounting of the emergency switch.

8-59
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

2. Loose the screws and remove the base and switch. Then replace a new one.
3. Power on the system. Press the emergency switch, vertical column operation will cease and X-
rays will be disabled. Rotate as arrow indication to release the emergency switch. You can
continue to use the system.

8-60
Replacement

8.3.15. Others
Please refer to chapter3 for the replacement of these FRU parts.

Part Number Part Description Section Number

5333060 Cable, 110V Power, EVR 3.5.1

5331651 Cable, 220V Power, EVR 3.5.1

5333094 PLASTIC, SKIN SPACER 30CM,EVR 3.7.6

2418430 Component, UP-D897 Thermal Printer, EVR 3.7.3

5330067 Component, UP-990AD Thermal Printer, EVR 3.7.3

5364175 ASM, LASERAIMER KIT IN TUBE, EVR 3.7.1

Component, Video distributor for external DVI video


5332898 3.7.2
output, EVR
ASM, LASER AIMER, 9 INCH ENGLISH WITH ALL
5330473-01 3.7.1
LANGUAGES SUPPLEMENT

5344737 ASM, DOUBLE FOOT SWITCH,EVR 3.7.8

5241505 DAP chamber and adjustment tool 3.7.5

Please refer to the information about power cable and plug for related country in below table.

NOTE For different country, FRU setups are different. There are 2 types FRU, one is Cable with
plug, another is Plug. Please find the correct FRU part number.

Part#_Cable
Item Country Part#_Plug Plug Type Voltage
with plug
1 Algeria - 2415149 CEE7 220V
2 Argentina 5407045 - IRAM 2073 220V
3 Australia 5407042 - AS/NZS 3112 230V
4 Austria - 2415149 CEE7 230V
5 Bangladesh - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V

8-61
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Part#_Cable
Item Country Part#_Plug Plug Type Voltage
with plug
6 Belgium - 2415149 CEE7 230V
7 Bolivia - 2415149 CEE7 230V
8 Bosnia - 2415149 CEE7 220V
9 Brazil 5407039 - NBR 14136 127V
10 Brazil - 2415149 CEE7 220V
11 Brunei - 5399116 BS 1363A 240V
12 Bulgaria - 2415149 CEE7 230V
13 Cambodia - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
14 China 5331651 - GB 1002 220V
15 Chile - 2415149 CEE7 220V
16 Colombia 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 110V
17 Cyprus - 5399116 BS 1363A 240V
18 Czech Repulblic - 2415149 CEE7 230V
19 Denmark - 2415149 CEE7 230V
20 Denmark 5407037 - AFSNIT 107-2-D1 230V
21 Egypt - 2415149 CEE7 220V
22 Finland - 2415149 CEE7 230V
23 France - 2415149 CEE7 230V
24 Gabon - 2415149 CEE7 220V
25 Germany - 2415149 CEE7 230V
26 Greece - 2415149 CEE7 220V
27 Guatemala 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 110V
28 Honduras 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 110V
29 HongKong - 5399115 BS 546 220V
30 HongKong 5331651 - GB 1002 220V
31 HongKong - 5399116 BS 1363A 220V
32 Hungary - 2415149 CEE7 220V
33 Iceland - 2415149 CEE7 230V
34 India - 5399115 BS 546 230V
35 Indonesia - 2415149 CEE7 230V
36 Indonesia - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V

8-62
Replacement

Part#_Cable
Item Country Part#_Plug Plug Type Voltage
with plug
37 Iraq - 5399115 BS 546 230V
38 Iraq - 2415149 CEE7 230V
39 Iraq - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
40 Ireland - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
41 Israel 5407050 - SI-32 220V
42 Italy - 2415149 CEE7 230V
43 Jamaica 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 110V
44 Japan 5407035 - NEMA 5-20P 100V
45 Japan 5407036 - L6-20P 200V
46 Jordan - 2415149 CEE7 230V
47 Jordan - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
48 Kenya - 5399116 BS 1363A 240V
49 Kuwait - 5399116 BS 1363A 220V
50 Lebanon - 5399115 BS 546 220V
51 Lebanon - 5399116 BS 1363A 220V
52 Libya - 2415149 CEE7 220V
53 Libya - 5399115 BS 546 220V
54 Luxembourg - 2415149 CEE7 220V
55 Macedonia - 2415149 CEE7 220V
56 Malaysia - 5399116 BS 1363A 240V
57 Malta - 5399115 BS 546 230V
58 Malta - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
59 Mexico 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 127V
60 Montenegro - 2415149 CEE7 220V
61 Morocco - 2415149 CEE7 220V
62 New Zealand 5407042 - AS/NZS 3112 230V
63 Nigeria - 5399116 BS 1363A 220V
64 Norway 2415149 CEE7 230V
65 Oman - 2415149 CEE7 240V
66 Oman - 5399115 BS 546 240V
67 Pakistan - 5399115 BS 546 230V

8-63
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Part#_Cable
Item Country Part#_Plug Plug Type Voltage
with plug
68 Panama 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 120V
69 Paraguay - 2415149 CEE7 220V
70 Peru - 2415149 CEE7 220V
71 Poland - 2415149 CEE7 230V
72 Portugal - 2415149 CEE7 230V
73 Romania - 2415149 CEE7 230V
74 Russia - 2415149 CEE7 220V
75 Saudi Arabia - 5399116 BS 1363A 220V
76 Singapore - 5399115 BS 546 230V
77 Singapore - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
78 Slovenia - 2415149 CEE7 230V
79 South Africa - 5399115 BS 546 220V
80 South Korea - 2415149 CEE7 220V
81 Spain - 2415149 CEE7 230V
82 Sudan - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
83 Sweden - 2415149 CEE7 230V
84 Switzerland - 5399117 SEV 1011 230V
85 Taiwan 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 110V
86 Trinidad & Tobago 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 115V
87 Tunisia - 2415149 CEE7 220V
88 Turkey - 2415149 CEE7 220V
United Arab
- 5399116 BS 1363A 220V
89 Emirates
90 United Kingdom - 5399116 BS 1363A 230V
91 Uruguay - 2415149 CEE7 220V
92 Venezuela 5408318 - NEMA 5-15P 120V
93 Vietnam - 2415149 CEE7 220V
94 Vietnam - 5399116 BS 1363A 220V

8-64
Chapter9. Periodic Maintenance
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

9.1. Overview
This procedure describes how to conduct performance checks and maintenance procedures. Use the
procedure in conjunction with PM checklist in section 9.2. Follow the procedures in the order they appear
here and record all required information on the checklist.
Serious injury and property damage can result from incorrectly performed service procedures. Observe
all operating and safety procedures in this document.
Procedures should be performed by service personnel specifically trained by GE Healthcare
WARNING
do Brasil Comércio e Serviços para Equipamentos Médico-Hospitalares LTDA to calibrate
the Brivo OEC 850 C-Arm and Workstation.

9.1.1. Safety
Ingress of Fluids

The system must never be operated or stored in locations where conductive fluids, like
WARNING
water and saline solution, might spill on the equipment.
Always unplug the AC power cable from the wall outlet before cleaning the equipment. Do not allow
water, soap, or other liquids to drip into the equipment and cause short circuits, electric shock and fire
hazards.
Unauthorized Modifications
Under no circumstances should the safety interlock in the system be bypassed, jumped, or otherwise
disabled.

All GE Healthcare systems comply with International Electro Technical Commission safety
standard IEC-60601. Do not connect any external device to the system that does not
NOTE meet the requirements of IEC 60601-1:1995. Only devices provided or approved by GE
Healthcare do Brasil Comércio e Serviços para Equipamentos Médico-Hospitalares LTDA should be
connected to the system.
Motorized Mechanical Operation
The Vertical Column is motorized and should be observed continuously during operation to avoid
pinching or colliding with people and object.
If covers are removed, use extreme care when operating motorized features. Do not carelessly place
objects on the equipment or bump or lean against the equipment. Do not wear loose clothing that may
be caught by mechanical mechanisms. Keep hands and fingers clear of motorized equipment while the
motors are in operation.

9-2
Periodic Maintenance

Electrical Shock

This system can generate lethal voltages. Practice safe electrical testing procedures
WARNING when performing periodic maintenance procedures.

After taking X-rays, the high voltage cables can retain a lethal charge, even if you power
WARNING down the system. Even though the contacts are recessed, high voltages can arc several
inches from their terminals if the cables are removed from the connector wells. Take
care when disconnecting high voltage cables even when the power is turned off. If you
remove these connections, immediately discharge their contacts against the high
voltage tank case (ground).
X-radiation Exposure
The X-ray tube assembly produces X-radiation when energized. Never operate this device without X-ray
shielding in place. Use lead shielding and draping to protect personnel.

Lead aprons, radiation monitors, and appropriate radiation shields must be utilized for
WARNING the protection of all personnel in the vicinity while performing tests. Living human
anatomy should never be used as a phantom or demonstration aid. Do not produce
radiation in hallways.

Many of the PCB's in this system contain components, which are sensitive to Electro-
CAUTION
Static Discharge (ESD). Observe ESD safety procedures.

9-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

9.1.2. Tools and Test Equipment


In addition to standard service tools and test equipment, the following special tools and test equipments
are required to complete the PM procedure.
Standard Tool
Item Tool
1 Oscilloscope Tektronix 2236 or equivalent
2 Multimeter or equivalent
3 Spatial Resolution Tool
4 Lead Apron
5 kV meter
6 Dosimeter
7 Ampere meter or equivalent
8 Ruler longer than 12 inches (30cm)
9 Erasable marker (whiteboard marker)
10 mAs meter
11 Precision flat head screwdriver (3mm or less) to adjust camera iris, focus
12 Transparent adhesive tape, with cutter (or need scissor or knife to cut the tape)
Special Tool
Item Tool GE part number
1 Three copper sheets, each 1mm thick 00-877682-01
2 9-inch BAFT Tool 010-878105-02
3 PWA, MCB extend board, EVR 5326478

9-4
Periodic Maintenance

9.2. PM Checklist

Brivo OEC 850 PM Checklist

Administrative Information
Medical Facility Information Field Service Engineer Information
Hospital or Clinic Name: FSE name:
Address: City:
Employee SSO:
State: Country:
Postal Code/Zip: Contact Person:
Installation Date:
Contact Phone: Department:

System Configuration
Workstation Software Version: MCB Software Version:
Serial Number: Service ID:

Safety Inspection
Antistatic Drag-wires Footswitch cable and pins
Electrical Plug and power cord Ground Continuity
Interconnect Cable and Connector

PC Clean
Yes No

System Function Checks


Power On Checks Pass Fail
C-Arm Checks
Mechanical Movement: Pass Fail C-Arm Controls: Pass Fail
Key Switch: Pass Fail Emergency Switch: Pass Fail

Workstation Checks
Mechanical Movement : Pass Fail Workstation Operation: Pass Fail

X-ray Generator Accuracy Tests


kV Accuracy (± 5%) mA Accuracy (± 9%)
Normal Fluoro: 66kVp:_______, 99kVp: ________, Normal Fluoro:
110kVp:________ 0.1mA@45kVp:________, 0.8mA@55kVp:_______,
Digital spot: 66kVp:_______, 99kVp: ________, 110kVp:________ 1.8mA@60kVp:_______, 3.5mA@80kVp:________,
4mA@110kVp:________
Radiography: HLF:
55 kVp@1mAs :______, 55 kVp@2mAs: ______, 0.2mA@45kVp:_______, 1.5mA@50kVp:_______, 3.8mA@60kVp:_______
7.0mA@80kVp:_______, 10.0mA@60kVp:______,
110 kVp@2mAs: ______
12mA@55kVp*:________( 12mA@50kVp:_______)
Digital Spot:
1mA@45kVp:_______, 4mA@60kVp:________, 8mA@80kVp:________,
12mA@110kVp:________,16mA@80kVp:_______

mAs Accuracy(±8%) 40kV, 80mAs:______


70kV, 2mAs: _______
110kV, 1mAs:_______

9-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Field Size and Image Check


Field Size Verification

Mag Mode NORM(210 ±10) MAG1(157 ±8) MAG2 (119 ±8)

Displayed Image Diameter (mm)

Auto Technique Tracking Image Resolution

Copper Filters Specification Measured Adjustment Mag Mode Specification Measured Adjustment
(kVp) (kVp) done? (Field Size) (LP/mm) (LP/mm) done?
1 64 ±4 Yes No NORM (9”) ≥ 2.2 Yes No

2 74± 4 Yes No MAG1 (6”) ≥3.0 Yes No

3 82 ± 4 Yes No MAG2 (4.5”) ≥3.5 Yes No

Dose Rate

Dose rate Measured as found: No adjustment necessary Measured if adjusted:


_______mR/min (4.0±0.3 mR/min) _______ mR/min

DAP Check

Dose test Dose Accuracy Test

Reporting
Install Equipment Covers Yes No
Reporting complete Yes No

Calibrated Tools List


Tool Name Tool Number Calibration Date

Comments

FSE and Customer sign and date this section when the PM has been completed.
Date Field Service Signature Customer Signature

*NOTE: If the system is set in 100V input mode, use 12mA@50kVp or lower kVp instead of 12mA@55kVp.

9-6
Periodic Maintenance

9.3. Administrative Information


Medical Facility Information:
Enter all information about the medical facility where the system is installed.
Field Service Engineer Information:
Enter Field Service Engineer name, Region ID number and Employee ID number.
System Configuration:
Complete each field in the System Configuration section. This section identifies specific information about
the system being maintained.

9.4. Safety Inspection


Follow this procedure to inspect system components. Look for loose, damaged, or missing parts. Check
each component for proper operation.
Electrical circuits inside the equipment use voltages that are capable of causing
WARNING serious injury or death from electrical shock. Use appropriate precautions.
If the system has power applied, power off the system and unplug the C-Arm’s AC power cord from AC
outlet. Remove C-arm and workstation covers as needed.

9.4.1. Antistatic Drag Wires


Check the system’s antistatic drag wires. There is one suspended below the workstation and one
underneath the C-Arm. Both wires must securely attach to the system and not be damaged or
encumbered by debris.

9.4.2. Electrical Plug and power cord


Inspect the C-Arm’s AC power cord and AC line plug for damage and missing parts. Make sure all wiring
insulation is intact. Ensure that there are no broken or frayed wires. Make sure grounding pin is present
on AC line plug, and that all conductors on plug are secure and in good condition.
Some devices such as high voltage cables and electrolytic capacitors can retain a
WARNING dangerous static charge for long periods after power has been removed. Do not touch
these components unless power has been completely removed and they have discharged.

9.4.3. Interconnect cable and Connector


Check the interconnect cable for damage or other problems. Verify that connector on cable mates well
with the connector on C-Arm and that there are no bent or missing pins. Make sure the strain relief
attaches securely to both the interconnect cable and connector.

9-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

9.4.4. Footswitch cable and pins


Inspect footswitch cable and verify that the cable, connector and pins are not damaged.

9.4.5. Ground Continuity


Perform the ground continuity test described below.
Do not perform this continuity test with the AC plug connected to a power receptacle.
WARNING

1. Verify continuity between the following:


From To Spec
Pin 4 of the Footswitch Connector Screw on the bottom of the < 0.5 
Footswitch

2. Connect the Interconnect Cable to the C-Arm and verify continuity between the following:
From To Spec
Screw on the top left corner of the WorkStation AC Power Plug Ground Pin < 0.5 
Screw on the tube cover AC Power Plug Ground Pin < 0.5 
Screw on the bottom of the Footswitch AC Power Plug Ground Pin < 0.5 

9.5. PC Clean
1. Remove the workstation cover.
2. Unplug the cable connected to computer. Take the computer out of the workstation.
3. Remove PC cover
4. Clean the PC outside and inside.
5. Recover the computer cover and put it back into the position. Plug the cable to PC. Recover the
workstation cover.

9-8
Periodic Maintenance

9.6. System Function checks


Check the following areas of the C-Arm and workstation for proper operation.

9.6.1. Perform Power On Checks

WARNING Observe safety procedures when operating motorized features.

Perform the following steps with the system powered up and normally booted.
1. Connect the integrated cable in the C-Arm connector and lock it. Connect the Footswitch
cable to the C-Arm.
2. Plug the AC power cord into the receptacle.
3. Press the system on key located on the C-Arm control panel. Verify that the workstation and
C-Arm complete their software boot and initialization with no errors reported on the
workstation and C-Arm displays.

9.6.2. C-Arm Checks


Mechanical Movement Test
Refer to section 3.6.1 for C-arm mechanical movement checks.
C-Arm Controls
Perform the following C-Arm control checks:
Some of the following procedures produce X-rays. Take appropriate precautions.
WARNING

1. Take X-ray exposure and verify the following Image Orientation functions:

A. Image rotation key rotates the image clockwise and counter-clockwise.


B. Image Flip key inverts and re-inverts left monitor image vertically.
C. Image Flop key inverts and re-inverts left monitor image horizontally.

2. Press the field size key repeatedly, verifying ability to select any of the three available field
sizes: NORM, MAG1 and MAG2.
3. Press each of the following collimator switches while X-ray exposure. Verify each of the following
collimator functions:

A. Collimator iris opens/closes.

B. Collimator semi-transparent leaves open and close.

9-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

C. Collimator semi-transparent leaves rotate.


4. Press kVp and mA keys and verify that the technique can be adjusted manually.

5. Press and hold ALARM RESET key for approximately 2 seconds. Verify fluoro time displayed
on the C-arm control panel resets to zero.
6. Check HLF mode as follows:
A. Cover the Image Intensifier with the lead aprons.
B. Take a normal fluoro shot in order allow the kV level to stabilize.
C. Select HLF mode via control panel and take a high-level fluoro shot.
D. Verify that the audible tone beeps at twice the normal rate. Verify that the mA is driven
higher than the normal fluoro at the same kV value.
E. Leave lead aprons in place for next step.
7. Check HLF Pulse Mode as follows:
A. Select PULSE mode via the C-arm control panel. Select a pulse rate of 4 PPS.
B. Take a high-level fluoro shot.
C. Verify that the audible tone beeps at twice the normal rate and the X-ray indicator
flashes at 2 times/3 seconds. Verify that the mA is driven higher than normal Fluoro.
D. Leave lead aprons in place for next step.
8. Assure correct Digital Spot function as follows:

A. Select DIGITAL SPOT via control panel.


B. Take a digital spot shot. Verify fluoro exposure automatically terminates and image
automatically saves to hard drive.
C. Remove the lead aprons from the Image Intensifier.
9. Verify Film mode as follows:

A. Select Film mode .


B. Take a 50 kVp 80mAs shot and verify that the audible tone beeps are heard after the
exposure and no errors are displayed.
X-ray Key/X-ray Switch Functional Test
Perform the following test to verify that the system’s X-ray and key switches are operating satisfactorily.

WARNING This procedure produces X-rays. Take appropriate precautions.

1. Place the X-ray keyswitch in STANDBY position ( ). Press handswitch and verify that no X-rays are
generated. Press Vertical lift button and verify that vertical lift column is not operational.

9-10
Periodic Maintenance

2. Place X-ray keyswitch in XRAYOFF position ( ). Press handswitch and verify that no X-rays are
generated. Press vertical lift button and verify the vertical lift column is operational.

3. Place X-ray keyswitch in ON position ( ). Press handswitch, footswitch and vertical lift button to
verify X-ray and vertical lift column are enable.
Emergency Switch
Perform the following test to verify the emergency switch.
1. Press the emergency switch during raising C-arm.

Emergency
Switch

2. Verify that vertical column operation and exposure are disabled.


3. Release the emergency switch. Verify that the vertical column operation and exposure are
available.

9-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

9.6.3. Workstation Checks


Mechanical Movement
Refer to 3.6.2 for workstation mechanical movement check.
Adjust the monitor movement annually:
1. Loose the screws and remove the monitor support cover. If the cover fit is tight, use two palms impulse
upward on each side of the cover with moderate force continuously until the cover is pulled out.

2. Screw the nut to adjust the tightness of the monitor movement.

Workstation Operation

1. Press SWAP ( ) key and verify this function exchanges images between the left monitor and
the right monitor.

2. Press the SAVE ( ) key and press key. Verify that the left monitor image is previewed in the
Image Directory screen.

3. Verify Patient Information function ( ) activates the Patient Information screen. Enter patient
information. Display scheduled exams, display resume exams screen.

4. Verify Image Directory ( ) function allows you to review, print and archive stored images and
dose information.

5. Verify the SETUP ( ) function allows access to the Setup screen.

9-12
Periodic Maintenance

6. Verify ZOOM ( ) function displays a square region of interest (ROI) box and that you can
magnify the ROI.

7. Verify NEGATE ( ) function reverses the light and dark values on the image displayed on the
left monitor.

8. Verify the CONTRAST ( ) function displays and indicator bar and that the amount of
contrast can be increased and decreased.

9. Verify the BRIGHTNESS ( ) function displays an indicator bar and that amount of
brightness can be increased and decreased.

10. Verify that Auto Contrast/Brightness ( ) automatically selects the optimum values of
contrast and brightness.

11. Verify ENGE ENHANCE ( ) function displays an indicator bar and that amount of
enhancement level increased and decreased.

12. Press ALT key and the LOGOUT key ( ) at the same time. Verify that it can log the user out of
the workstation applications. The default password is “123456”.
The logout function can only be available when you select “Require Users to Login” in the
NOTE
“Security” screen. Refer to section 3.6.2.

9-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

9.7. X-ray Generator Accuracy Tests


These tests measure the kVp accuracy of the system. Complete the X-ray Generator Accuracy section.

9.7.1. kVp Accuracy


Refer to section5.2.1 for kVp accuracy check.

9.7.2. mA Accuracy
Refer to section5.3.1 for mA accuracy check.

9.7.3. mAs Accuracy


Refer to section5.4.1 for mAs accuracy check.

9.8. Field size and Image check

9.8.1. Field Size Verification


1. Select relative field size, open the collimator to the maximum, and take an exposure.
2. Read the BAFT tick mark on the boundary of the image. The size of the image should be within
the range of the values below.
Mag Mode NORM MAG1 MAG2
Displayed Image
210 ±10 157 ±8 119 ±8
Diameter (mm)
If the requirement is not met, you must perform I.I. Field Size Calibration in 5.6.5.

9.8.2. Auto Technique Tracking


1. Select Auto Fluoro mode and the NORM field size via control panel.
2. Open the collimator Iris and leaves completely.
3. Place copper filters on the collimator and take exposure. Verify that the kVp tracks
within the range indicated in table below.
Copper Filter 1mm 2mm 3mm
kVp range 64kVp±4kVp 74kVp±4kVp 82kVp±4kVp
4. Remove all copper filters.
If the kVp is not in the range, refer to 5.6.7 for calibration.

9-14
Periodic Maintenance

9.8.3. Image Resolution


Using the Converging line pairs/millimeter (lp/mm) tool on the Image Intensifier. Verify the
resolution in lp/mm is equal to, or greater than the following values:
Mag Mode NORM (9’’) MAG1 (6’’) MAG2 (4.5’’)
(Field Size)
Resolution (lp/mm) ≥ 2.2 ≥ 3.0 ≥ 3.5
Record test results on PM checklist.
If the resolution check fails, refer to section 5.6.8 for Camera Focus calibration.

9.8.4. Dose Rate


Entrance exposure is the amount of radiation available at the entrance point of patient anatomy.
Entrance exposure is measured 9" above the surface of the Image Intensifier in the center of the X-ray
beam. This measurement is used to represent the average thickness of patient anatomy.
1. Using a dosimeter for the measurements. Place the dosimeter probe on the I.I. grid center. Use
2mm copper to cover the beam path on the X-ray tube. Take exposure in Auto fluoro mode. Dose
rate should be within 4.00.3 mR/min.
2. Indicate if adjustments were made on the Checklist.

9.9. DAP Check


Dose Test and Calibration
Install the beam alignment tool. Set Dosimeter as accumulative/maintenance. Put the detector of
dosimeter on the axis of image intensifier and focus, 30 cm away from grid center. Clear the dosimeter.
Create a new exam on workstation and ensure the DAP and dose show value on the workstation are
cleared.
Set kV/mA value as 110kV/4mA in manual fluoro mode. Open the collimator completely. Take exposure
for 3-5 seconds. Record Dose show value on right monitor and dosimeter measured value. Repeat three
times and get the average of the dose show value on right monitor and the average of measured value
on dosimeter. Calculate the error between show value average and measured value average.

After each test, reset the dosimeter and create a new exam to clear the DAP and dose
NOTE
show value on workstation.

DoseMeasuredvalue  Doseshowvalue
ERROR=  100%
DoseMeasuredvalue
If the error is more than 5%, adjust Dose Calibration Coefficient: Login service tool. Enter “Exposure
Management” screen. Change Dose Calibration Coefficient. Dose/Dose rate show value on the
workstation right monitor is in direct proportion with the calibration coefficient.

9-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Dose Accuracy Test


According to the collimator field size settings, adjust the collimator opening size by beam alignment tool.
In each opening size test, create a new exam on the workstation. Set the exposure parameters as 45kV,
1.3mA in manual fluoro. Adjust collimator field size. Record dose show value on right monitor of the
workstation as D0. Reset the dosimeter. Take exposure at high and lower kV value for 3-5 seconds.
Record the dose show value on the right monitor and measured dose value on dosimeter. Calculate dose
value on the right monitor of the workstation.
@60kV, 1.3mA: Dose value on workstation=D1-D0 (D1: Dose show value on right monitor after exposure
@60kV, 1.3mA)
@110kV, 4mA: Dose value on workstation=D2-D1 (D2: Dose show value on right monitor after exposure
@110kV, 4mA)
Calculate the error between the dose value on workstation and measured value on dosimeter.

DoseMeasuredvalue  Dosevalue(onworkstation)
ERROR=  100%
DoseMeasuredvalue
The error should be less than 30% in every state.

After each test, dosimeter must be cleared. Create new exam to ensure DAP and dose
NOTE show value on workstation be cleared.

Dose value Dose measured


Collimator field size kV/mA value on dosimeter Error
(mGy) (mGy)
60kv/1.3mA
45mm-43mm
110kv/4mA
60kv/1.3mA
110-120mm
110kv/4mA
60kv/1.3mA
140-150mm
110kv/4mA
60kv/1.3mA
Largest size
110kv/4mA

NOTE The field size in the form should be measured by field size measure tool.

9-16
Periodic Maintenance

9.10. Reporting

9.10.1. Install Equipment Covers


Install all equipment covers you removed earlier. Make sure all air filters are clean and properly attached
to the covers.

9.10.2. Complete PM Comments


Write any comments important to the PM procedure in the Comments section of the PM Checklist.

9-17
Chapter10. Technical Reference
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.1. Overview
The policy of GE Healthcare is one of continual product development and improvement.
For this reason, GE Healthcare reserves the right to change the operating characteristics and
specifications of newer products at any time, without prior notice, and without incurring any obligation
relating to previously manufactured items.
The specifications listed are limited to general performance and physical data. Specifications of optional
equipment provided by other manufacturers are given in the applicable manuals provided with those
options.

10.2. System Specifications


10.2.1. Safety Classification
Class I, Type B, IEC 60601-1:1995
Ordinary protection against ingress of water
Degree of Protection:
 System: IPX0
 Footswitch: IPX8

10.2.2. Environmental Requirements


Operating Conditions:
Temperature: +10°C~+40°C (+50F~+104F)
Humidity: 20%~80% Relative, non-condensing
Atmospheric Pressure: 700hPa~1060hPa
Transportation and Storage:
Temperature: -20°C~+55°C (-4F~+131F)
Humidity: 10~95% Relative, non-condensing
Atmospheric Pressure: 500hPa~1060hPa

10-2
Technical Reference

10.2.3. Power Requirements


Voltage: AC 100V/110V/120V/200V/220V/230V/240V
Frequency: 50Hz/60Hz±3Hz
Rated Momentary Line Current (shorter than 5s):
 25A (220V/230V/240V)
 30A (200V)
 50A (100V/110V/120V)
Rated Continuous Line Current:
 10A (220V/230V/240V)
 12A (200V)
 20A (100V/110V/120V)
Maximum impedance: 0.6 Ω/0.3 Ω

NOTE 16A power supply is required in China. And 20 A is required in Japan.

10.2.4. Circuit Breaker


Breaker for 110V:
Rated Voltage AC 110 V, AC 120 V +/-10%
Frequency 50 Hz /60 Hz
Rated Current 25A (AC)
Breaker for 220V:
Rated Voltage AC 220 V +/-10%
Frequency 50 Hz /60 Hz
Rated Current 12A (AC)

10.2.5. Earth leakage current


Normal condition 0.5mA
Single fault condition 0.5mA

10-3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.2.6. Physical Specifications


C-Arm

10-4
Technical Reference

SID 39.2’’ (100cm)


Horizontal travel 8’’ (20cm)
Vertical travel 16’’ (40cm)
Orbital rotation 120°(90°/30°over scan)
Lateral rotation ±205°
Wig-Wag 25°(±12.5°)
Weight 245±10kg
Workstation

Weight: 140±10kg
Option Weight
DAP 0.22±0.02kg
Skin Spacer 0.17±0.02kg
Laser Aimer (tube) 0.65±0.06kg
Laser Aimer (Image Intensifier) 2.16±0.2kg
Film Cassette holder 1.4±0.1kg
Video Distributor 2.3±0.2kg
Two-Pedal Footswitch 4±0.4kg

10-5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.3. Specification of Key Components


10.3.1. X-Ray Generator
Nominal electric power 2.0kw (100kV, 20mA, 0.1s)
Maximum electric power
Normal Fluoro 440W
HLF 660W
Digital Spot 1320W
Radiography 2.2 kW
High frequency generator 40kHz
Voltage 40kV~110kV, step value: 1kV
Normal Fluoro When the X-ray tube current reaches its
highest value of 4mA, the obtainable highest
X-ray tube voltage is 110kV.
HLF When the X-ray tube current reaches its
highest value of 12mA, the obtainable highest
X-ray tube voltage is 55kV.
Digital Spot When the X-ray tube current reaches its
highest value of 16mA, the obtainable highest
X-ray tube voltage is 82kV.
Radiography: Current: 20mA, stationary; the obtainable
highest X-ray tube voltage is 110kV.
Current Step value: 0.1mA
Normal Fluoro 0.1 mA~4 mA; when the X-ray tube voltage
reaches its highest value of 110kV, the
obtainable highest X-ray tube current is 4mA.
HLF 0.2 mA~12 mA; when the X-ray tube voltage
reaches its highest value of 110kV, the
obtainable highest X-ray tube current is 6mA.
Digital Spot 0.2mA~16 mA; when the X-ray tube voltage
reaches its highest value of 110kV, the
obtainable highest X-ray tube current is 12mA.
Radiography 1mAs~80mAs; current: 20mA, stationary; the
obtainable highest X-ray tube voltage is 110kV.
Radiography
Voltage 40~110kVp

10-6
Technical Reference

Value of mAs 1.0, 1.3, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10, 13,
16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80 mAs
Pulse Fluoro 1/2/4/8pps
The lowest Current Time Product or the 40kVp, 1mAs
combination of Loading Factors

10.3.2. X-Ray tube

(mm)

Nominal high voltage 110 kV


Nominal input power 2.2 kW
Maximum anode heat capacity 53 kJ
Target material Tungsten
Target angle 10°
The reference axis From the center of the spot to the center
of the image intensifier
Small focal spot 0.6×1.4 mm

10-7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Large focal spot 1.4 mm


Anode Stationary
Typical filament specification 4.2 V, 3.5A
Maximum filament current 4.6A
Weight 0.65 kg
Anode cooling rate 37 kHU/min
Anode heat capacity 76kHU
Manufacturer LOHMANN
MODEL 110/3DF
Maximum voltage between anode and 55kV
ground
Maximum voltage between cathode and -55kV
ground
Maximum filament voltage 24V AC
X-ray radiation angle 10 degree
Tolerance: Tube voltage:  7%
The tube current:  10%
The current time product:  10%

10.3.3. X-ray tube assembly


Maximum continuous heat dissipation 177W
Tube assembly dimension (length×Width×Height) 327mm ×132 mm×238 mm
Tube assembly weight 17.5 kg
Maximum heat capacity 800,000HU
Maximum cooling rate 18,000HU/min
Cooling method Nature cooling
Nominal loading condition 70kVp, 2.0mA
Maximum symmetrical radiation field on the X-axis 100cm from the spot:
Fluoro: 235 mm (diagonal)
Radiography: 240mm (diameter)

10-8
Technical Reference

10.3.4. Collimator
Input power: DC 6V, 0.9W
Electrical connection mode: through DB9.
Mechanical connection mode: cast aluminum bracket, screw fitting
Fluoroscopy
Nominal diameter circle: 23/15/11cm (9”/6”/4.5”)
X-Ray beam continuously adjustable to an area of less than 5×5 cm at the image receptor
Radiography
Nominal diameter circle: 23cm (9”)

10-9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.3.5. Others
Semi-transparent shutters
Rotation 180°
Operation Controlled on panel
Grid
Type Circular
Material Carbon fiber
Lines/cm 60
Ratio 10:1
Focus distance 100 cm
Image Intensifier
Type 3 Fields 2 Fields 1 Fields
Input field size 9’’(23 cm) 6’’(15cm) 4.5’’(11cm)
Central resolution ≥51Lp/cm ≥57Lp/cm ≥67Lp/cm
Monitor
Type Monochrome LCD
Size 19’’
Image Storage
Capacity 80,000 images
Size 1K x 1K
Digital Processor
Function Image Processing, Recursive Noise Reduction,
Motion Artifact Reduction, Real-time Edge
Enhancement, Auto Brightness/Contrast,
Brightness/Contrast Adjustment, Negate, Last
Image Hold, Zoom/Roam, Image
Rotation/Reversal/Invert and Swap

10-10
Technical Reference

10.4. Tube Rating Chart


The following charts and data describe tube characteristics when operated with three-phase full-wave
rectification, a reasonable approximation to the high frequency generator with minimal ripple.

10.4.1. Filament Emission Characteristics


Small Focal Spot

10-11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Large Focal Spot

10-12
Technical Reference

10.4.2. Single Load Ratings


Small Focal Spot

Exposure time in seconds

10-13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

Large Focal Spot

Exposure time in seconds

10-14
Technical Reference

10.4.3. Thermal Characteristic


Anode Heating and cooling characteristics:

Tube Housing heating and cooling characteristic:


Joules

800 000

300W 200W
640 000

480 000

320 000

160 000

0
0 25 50 75 100
Time (minutes)

10-15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.5. Radiation Safety Specification


Operators are strongly urged to be familiar with the current recommendations from the International
Commission on Radiological Protection. (ICPR)
Take radiation protection of the patient and operator into consideration seriously.
Scatter data in this manual is only for reference.

10.5.1. Scatter Data


Filter in the x-ray tube 3.5mm Al
assembly
Additional filter 0mmAl
Total filter 3.5mmAl
Leakage radiation Dose area product rate is less than 1.0mGy/h, averaged
over any area of 100cm2 of which no principal linear
P P

dimension exceeds 20cm at 1m from the focal spot


under conditions of loading. (110kVp, 4mA)
SID (focal spot to image 100cm
receptor distance)

Patients must be kept as far as possible from the focus, with minimum distance of 20cm.
WARNING
Make sure not to operate when a plastic cover in x-ray assembly is disassembled, which
properly make the distance meet the above requirements.

The operating table matched this equipment should be made of small attenuation
NOTE
equivalent material, otherwise, X-ray dose may be increased.

10-16
Technical Reference

10.5.2. Scatter radiation specification

10-17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product Service Manual

10.6. Material Safety Data Sheets


Manufacturer’s Material Safety Data Sheets are available from the manufacture upon request. Contact
the following manufacturers with regard to the materials listed:
Oil Sinkiang Kelamayi Lubricating Oil Plant
Address: Jinlong Town Youlong Road No. 8, Kelamayi City , Sinkiang Uigur Munisipality
Post Code: 834003
Tel: 0990-6831426

10.7. Material Recycling


Parts or accessories at end–of–life:
The disposing of parts and accessories must be in accordance with national regulations or local
regulations for waste processing. All materials and components that could have risks to the environment
must be removed from the end–of–life parts and accessories (For examples: transformer oil, etc...).
Please consult your local GEMS representative before discarding these products.
Packing materials:
The materials used to pack our equipment are recycled. They must be collected and processed in
accordance with the local regulations.

10-18
11. Appendix
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

List

Name Part Number SCH Total Pages


Revision
Filament Board (MP4) 5326475 3 2
UP/Down Driver Board 5326476 5 2
Power Distribution Board 5326479 1 1
Mother Board 5326482 3 5
Extended Board 5326483 2 2
Collimator Control Board (MP1) 5326480 2 5
Mainframe Control Board 5326484 7 34
Display Board 5326486 5 7
Keyboard Board 5326481 3 3
KV Control Board 5326487 4 9
IGBT Inverter board 5326477 4 2
Seal board 5330746 3 2
UPS control board 5370278 3 2
MCB extend board 5326478 3 7

Appexdix-2
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 3
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-4
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 5
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-6
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 7
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-8
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 9
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-10
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 11
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-12
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 13
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-14
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 15
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-16
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 17
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-18
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 19
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-20
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 21
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-22
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 23
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-24
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 25
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-26
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 27
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-28
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 29
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-30
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 31
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-32
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 33
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-34
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 35
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-36
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 37
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-38
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 39
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-40
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 41
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-42
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 43
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-44
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 45
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-46
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 47
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-48
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 49
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-50
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 51
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-52
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 53
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-54
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 55
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-56
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 57
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-58
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 59
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-60
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 61
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-62
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 63
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-64
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 65
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-66
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 67
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-68
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 69
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-70
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 71
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-72
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 73
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-74
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 75
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-76
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 77
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-78
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 79
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-80
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 81
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-82
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 83
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-84
Circuit Schematics

Appendix- 85
Brivo OEC 850 Mobile C-Arm X-ray Product

Appexdix-86

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen